mirror of
https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11.git
synced 2026-05-06 07:58:09 +02:00
man pages: remove whitespace at end of lines in xkb man pages
Clears 6571 complaints from `mandoc -T lint` of the form: mandoc: man/xkb/XkbActionCtrls.3:107:4: STYLE: whitespace at end of input line Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com> Part-of: <https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11/-/merge_requests/286>
This commit is contained in:
parent
8a32fad341
commit
8848085323
184 changed files with 6887 additions and 6887 deletions
|
|
@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ XkbActionCtrls \- Returns the ctrls fields of act converted to an unsigned int
|
|||
action from which to extract controls
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Actions associated with the XkbCtrlsAction structure change the state of the
|
||||
Actions associated with the XkbCtrlsAction structure change the state of the
|
||||
boolean controls.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I type
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I type
|
||||
field can have any one of the values shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -51,28 +51,28 @@ _
|
|||
Type Effect
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbSA_SetControls T{
|
||||
A key press enables any boolean controls specified in the ctrls fields that were
|
||||
not already enabled at
|
||||
A key press enables any boolean controls specified in the ctrls fields that were
|
||||
not already enabled at
|
||||
the time of the key press.
|
||||
A key release disables any controls enabled by the key press.
|
||||
This action can cause XkbControlsNotify events.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
XkbSA_LockControls T{
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoLock bit is not set in the flags field, a key press enables
|
||||
any controls specified in
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoLock bit is not set in the flags field, a key press enables
|
||||
any controls specified in
|
||||
the ctrls fields that were not already enabled at the time of the key press.
|
||||
.br
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoUnlock bit is not set in the flags field, a key release
|
||||
disables any controls
|
||||
specified in the ctrls fields that were not already disabled at the time of the
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoUnlock bit is not set in the flags field, a key release
|
||||
disables any controls
|
||||
specified in the ctrls fields that were not already disabled at the time of the
|
||||
key press.
|
||||
.br
|
||||
This action can cause XkbControlsNotify events.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
field is composed of the bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 2.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -84,37 +84,37 @@ _
|
|||
Flag Meaning
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoLock T{
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only disables
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only disables
|
||||
controls.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoUnlock T{
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only enables
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only enables
|
||||
controls.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbSA_SetControls action implements a key that enables a boolean control
|
||||
when pressed and disables it
|
||||
when released. The XkbSA_LockControls action is used to implement a key that
|
||||
toggles the state of a
|
||||
boolean control each time it is pressed and released. The XkbSA_LockNoLock and
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoUnlock flags
|
||||
allow modifying the toggling behavior to only unlock or only lock the boolean
|
||||
The XkbSA_SetControls action implements a key that enables a boolean control
|
||||
when pressed and disables it
|
||||
when released. The XkbSA_LockControls action is used to implement a key that
|
||||
toggles the state of a
|
||||
boolean control each time it is pressed and released. The XkbSA_LockNoLock and
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoUnlock flags
|
||||
allow modifying the toggling behavior to only unlock or only lock the boolean
|
||||
control.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I ctrls0, ctrls1, ctrls2,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields represent the boolean controls in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I ctrls0, ctrls1, ctrls2,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields represent the boolean controls in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field of the controls structure. Xkb macros, to convert between the two formats.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbActionCtrls
|
||||
returns the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
.I XkbActionCtrls
|
||||
returns the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
converted to an unsigned int.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -23,12 +23,12 @@
|
|||
.TH XkbActionSetCtrls __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbActionSetCtrls \- Sets the
|
||||
.I ctrls0
|
||||
through
|
||||
.I ctrls0
|
||||
through
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
from
|
||||
from
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ action in which to set ctrls0-ctrls3
|
|||
value to set in ctrls0-ctrls3
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Actions associated with the XkbCtrlsAction structure change the state of the
|
||||
Actions associated with the XkbCtrlsAction structure change the state of the
|
||||
boolean controls.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I type
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I type
|
||||
field can have any one of the values shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,28 +62,28 @@ _
|
|||
Type Effect
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbSA_SetControls T{
|
||||
A key press enables any boolean controls specified in the ctrls fields that were
|
||||
not already enabled at
|
||||
A key press enables any boolean controls specified in the ctrls fields that were
|
||||
not already enabled at
|
||||
the time of the key press.
|
||||
A key release disables any controls enabled by the key press.
|
||||
This action can cause XkbControlsNotify events.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
XkbSA_LockControls T{
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoLock bit is not set in the flags field, a key press enables
|
||||
any controls specified in
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoLock bit is not set in the flags field, a key press enables
|
||||
any controls specified in
|
||||
the ctrls fields that were not already enabled at the time of the key press.
|
||||
.br
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoUnlock bit is not set in the flags field, a key release
|
||||
disables any controls
|
||||
specified in the ctrls fields that were not already disabled at the time of the
|
||||
If the XkbSA_LockNoUnlock bit is not set in the flags field, a key release
|
||||
disables any controls
|
||||
specified in the ctrls fields that were not already disabled at the time of the
|
||||
key press.
|
||||
.br
|
||||
This action can cause XkbControlsNotify events.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
field is composed of the bitwise inclusive OR of the masks shown in Table 2.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -95,40 +95,40 @@ _
|
|||
Flag Meaning
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoLock T{
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only disables
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only disables
|
||||
controls.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoUnlock T{
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only enables
|
||||
If set, and the action type is XkbSA_LockControls, the server only enables
|
||||
controls.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbSA_SetControls action implements a key that enables a boolean control
|
||||
when pressed and disables it
|
||||
when released. The XkbSA_LockControls action is used to implement a key that
|
||||
toggles the state of a
|
||||
boolean control each time it is pressed and released. The XkbSA_LockNoLock and
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoUnlock flags
|
||||
allow modifying the toggling behavior to only unlock or only lock the boolean
|
||||
The XkbSA_SetControls action implements a key that enables a boolean control
|
||||
when pressed and disables it
|
||||
when released. The XkbSA_LockControls action is used to implement a key that
|
||||
toggles the state of a
|
||||
boolean control each time it is pressed and released. The XkbSA_LockNoLock and
|
||||
XkbSA_LockNoUnlock flags
|
||||
allow modifying the toggling behavior to only unlock or only lock the boolean
|
||||
control.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I ctrls0, ctrls1, ctrls2,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields represent the boolean controls in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I ctrls0, ctrls1, ctrls2,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields represent the boolean controls in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field of the controls structure. Xkb macros, to convert between the two formats.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbActionSetCtrls
|
||||
sets the
|
||||
.I ctrls0
|
||||
through
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
from
|
||||
sets the
|
||||
.I ctrls0
|
||||
through
|
||||
.I ctrls3
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
from
|
||||
.I ctrls.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,44 +43,44 @@ input extension class for LED device of interest
|
|||
input extension ID for LED device of interest
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbAddDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
first checks to see whether an entry matching
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
already exists in the
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
array. If it finds a matching entry, it returns a pointer to that entry. Otherwise, it checks to be sure
|
||||
.I XkbAddDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
first checks to see whether an entry matching
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
already exists in the
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
array. If it finds a matching entry, it returns a pointer to that entry. Otherwise, it checks to be sure
|
||||
there is at least one empty entry in
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
and extends it if there is not enough room. It then increments
|
||||
.I device_info->num_leds
|
||||
and fills in the next available entry in
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
with
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I device_info->num_leds
|
||||
and fills in the next available entry in
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
with
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id.
|
||||
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbAddDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
returns a pointer to the XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structure that was initialized. If unable to allocate
|
||||
sufficient storage, or if
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
points to an invalid XkbDeviceInfoRec structure, or if
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
are inappropriate,
|
||||
.I XkbAddDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbAddDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
returns a pointer to the XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structure that was initialized. If unable to allocate
|
||||
sufficient storage, or if
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
points to an invalid XkbDeviceInfoRec structure, or if
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
are inappropriate,
|
||||
.I XkbAddDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
returns NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
To allocate additional space for button actions in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure, use
|
||||
To allocate additional space for button actions in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure, use
|
||||
.I XkbResizeDeviceButtonActions.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb
|
||||
extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
|||
unsigned short dflt_led_fb; /\&* input extension ID of default indicator feedback */
|
||||
XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr leds; /\&* LED descriptions */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceInfoRec, *XkbDeviceInfoPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned short led_class; /\&* class for this LED device*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,6 +112,6 @@ extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
|||
XkbIndicatorMapRec maps; /\&* indicator maps for each LED */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceLedInfoRec, *XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbResizeDeviceButtonActions (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAddGeomColor __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAddGeomColor \- Add one color name to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
XkbAddGeomColor \- Add one color name to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,43 +43,43 @@ color to be added
|
|||
color to be added
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomColor
|
||||
adds the specified color
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I pixel
|
||||
to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of up to MaxColors (32)
|
||||
.I color names.
|
||||
A color
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomColor
|
||||
adds the specified color
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I pixel
|
||||
to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of up to MaxColors (32)
|
||||
.I color names.
|
||||
A color
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
is a string whose interpretation is not specified by Xkb and neither is the
|
||||
.I pixel
|
||||
value's interpretation. All other geometry data structures refer to colors using
|
||||
.I pixel
|
||||
value's interpretation. All other geometry data structures refer to colors using
|
||||
their indices in this global list or pointers to colors in this list.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomColor
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the color. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of colors to a
|
||||
geometry, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomColors
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomColor
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the color. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of colors to a
|
||||
geometry, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomColors
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ function.
|
|||
unsigned int pixel; /\&* color */
|
||||
char * spec; /\&* color name */
|
||||
} XkbColorRec,*XkbColorPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomColors (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAddGeomDoodad __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAddGeomDoodad \- Add one doodad to a section of a keyboard geometry or to the
|
||||
XkbAddGeomDoodad \- Add one doodad to a section of a keyboard geometry or to the
|
||||
top-level geometry
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,56 +40,56 @@ geometry to which the doodad is added
|
|||
section, if any, to which the doodad is added
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
name of the new doodad
|
||||
name of the new doodad
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
A
|
||||
.I doodad
|
||||
describes some visible aspect of the keyboard that is not a key and is not a
|
||||
section.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomDoodad
|
||||
adds a doodad with name specified by
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
to the geometry
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is NULL or to the section of the geometry specified by
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is not NULL.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomDoodad
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the doodad. If there is already a doodad with the name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
in the doodad array for the geometry (if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is NULL) or the section (if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is non-NULL), a pointer to that doodad is returned. To allocate space for an
|
||||
arbitrary number of doodads to a section, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads
|
||||
function. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of doodads to a keyboard
|
||||
geometry, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomDoodads
|
||||
A
|
||||
.I doodad
|
||||
describes some visible aspect of the keyboard that is not a key and is not a
|
||||
section.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomDoodad
|
||||
adds a doodad with name specified by
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
to the geometry
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is NULL or to the section of the geometry specified by
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is not NULL.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomDoodad
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the doodad. If there is already a doodad with the name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
in the doodad array for the geometry (if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is NULL) or the section (if
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
is non-NULL), a pointer to that doodad is returned. To allocate space for an
|
||||
arbitrary number of doodads to a section, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads
|
||||
function. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of doodads to a keyboard
|
||||
geometry, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomDoodads
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ function.
|
|||
XkbIndicatorDoodadRec indicator;
|
||||
XkbLogoDoodadRec logo;
|
||||
} XkbDoodadRec, *XkbDoodadPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomDoodads (__libmansuffix__),
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,31 +34,31 @@ XkbAddGeomKey \- Add one key at the end of an existing row of keys
|
|||
row to be updated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard geometry. In each case
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the values of the
|
||||
element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you must explicitly write code to fill
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard geometry. In each case
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the values of the
|
||||
element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you must explicitly write code to fill
|
||||
the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Programs that
|
||||
display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as hints, but they are not interpreted by
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Programs that
|
||||
display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as hints, but they are not interpreted by
|
||||
Xkb. No other geometry structures refer to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
Keys are grouped into rows.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomKey
|
||||
adds one key to the end of the specified
|
||||
.I row.
|
||||
The key is allocated and zeroed.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomKey
|
||||
returns NULL if
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
is empty or if it was not able to allocate space for the key. To allocate space for an arbitrary
|
||||
number of keys to a row, use
|
||||
Keys are grouped into rows.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomKey
|
||||
adds one key to the end of the specified
|
||||
.I row.
|
||||
The key is allocated and zeroed.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomKey
|
||||
returns NULL if
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
is empty or if it was not able to allocate space for the key. To allocate space for an arbitrary
|
||||
number of keys to a row, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeys.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ number of keys to a row, use
|
|||
unsigned char shape_ndx; /\&* index of shape for key */
|
||||
unsigned char color_ndx; /\&* index of color for key body */
|
||||
} XkbKeyRec, *XkbKeyPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomKeys (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAddGeomKeyAlias __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAddGeomKeyAlias \- Add one key alias to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
XkbAddGeomKeyAlias \- Add one key alias to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,34 +43,34 @@ alias to be added
|
|||
real name to be bound to the new alias
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomKeyAlias
|
||||
adds one key alias with the value
|
||||
.I alias
|
||||
to the geometry
|
||||
.I geom,
|
||||
and associates it with the key whose real name is
|
||||
.I real. XkbAddGeomKeyAlias
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the alias. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of aliases, use
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomKeyAlias
|
||||
adds one key alias with the value
|
||||
.I alias
|
||||
to the geometry
|
||||
.I geom,
|
||||
and associates it with the key whose real name is
|
||||
.I real. XkbAddGeomKeyAlias
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the alias. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of aliases, use
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,32 +38,32 @@ shape to be updated
|
|||
number of points to be reserved
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
An outline consists of an arbitrary number of points.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOutline
|
||||
adds an outline to the specified
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
by reserving
|
||||
.I sz_points
|
||||
points for it. The new outline is allocated and zeroed.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOutline
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
An outline consists of an arbitrary number of points.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOutline
|
||||
adds an outline to the specified
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
by reserving
|
||||
.I sz_points
|
||||
points for it. The new outline is allocated and zeroed.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOutline
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of outlines to a shape, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOutlines.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ space. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of outlines to a shape, use
|
|||
unsigned short corner_radius; /\&* draw corners as circles with this radius */
|
||||
XkbPointPtr points; /\&* array of points defining the outline */
|
||||
} XkbOutlineRec, *XkbOutlinePtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomOutlines (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,36 +42,36 @@ name of the overlay
|
|||
number of rows to reserve in the overlay
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlay
|
||||
adds an overlay with the specified name to the specified
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
The new overlay is created with space allocated for
|
||||
.I sz_rows
|
||||
rows. If an overlay with name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlay
|
||||
adds an overlay with the specified name to the specified
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
The new overlay is created with space allocated for
|
||||
.I sz_rows
|
||||
rows. If an overlay with name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
already exists in the section, a pointer to the existing overlay is returned.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlay
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the overlay. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of overlays to
|
||||
a section, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlay
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlay
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the overlay. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of overlays to
|
||||
a section, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlay
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ function.
|
|||
XkbOverlayRowPtr rows; /\&* array of rows in the overlay */
|
||||
XkbBoundsPtr bounds; /\&* bounding box for the overlay */
|
||||
} XkbOverlayRec,*XkbOverlayPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomOverlay (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -40,35 +40,35 @@ overlay to be updated
|
|||
row in overlay to be updated
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I under
|
||||
primary name of the key to be considered
|
||||
primary name of the key to be considered
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayKey
|
||||
adds one key to the
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
in the
|
||||
.I overlay.
|
||||
If there is no key named
|
||||
.I under
|
||||
in the row of the underlying section,
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayKey
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayKey
|
||||
adds one key to the
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
in the
|
||||
.I overlay.
|
||||
If there is no key named
|
||||
.I under
|
||||
in the row of the underlying section,
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayKey
|
||||
returns NULL.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,35 +42,35 @@ row to be overlaid in the section overlay overlays
|
|||
number of keys to reserve in the row
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayRow
|
||||
adds one row to the
|
||||
.I overlay.
|
||||
The new row contains space for
|
||||
.I sz_keys
|
||||
keys. If
|
||||
. I row_under
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayRow
|
||||
adds one row to the
|
||||
.I overlay.
|
||||
The new row contains space for
|
||||
.I sz_keys
|
||||
keys. If
|
||||
. I row_under
|
||||
specifies a row that doesn't exist on the underlying section,
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayRow
|
||||
returns NULL and doesn't change the overlay.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayRow
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayRow
|
||||
returns NULL and doesn't change the overlay.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomOverlayRow
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the overlay.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAddGeomProperty __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAddGeomProperty \- Add one property to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
XkbAddGeomProperty \- Add one property to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,34 +43,34 @@ name of the new property
|
|||
value for the new property
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomProperty
|
||||
adds one property with the specified
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I value
|
||||
to the keyboard geometry specified by
|
||||
.I geom. XkbAddGeomProperty
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the property. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of properties,
|
||||
use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomProps
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomProperty
|
||||
adds one property with the specified
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I value
|
||||
to the keyboard geometry specified by
|
||||
.I geom. XkbAddGeomProperty
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the property. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of properties,
|
||||
use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomProps
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -32,32 +32,32 @@ XkbAddGeomRow \- Add a row to a section
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
section to be updated
|
||||
section to be updated
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I sz_keys
|
||||
number of keys to be reserved
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
One of the components of a keyboard geometry section is one or more rows of keys.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomRow
|
||||
adds one row to the specified
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
One of the components of a keyboard geometry section is one or more rows of keys.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomRow
|
||||
adds one row to the specified
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
The newly created row contains space for the number of keys specified in
|
||||
.I sz_keys.
|
||||
They are allocated and zeroed, but otherwise uninitialized.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomRow
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate space for the row. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of rows to a section, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomRows
|
||||
.I sz_keys.
|
||||
They are allocated and zeroed, but otherwise uninitialized.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomRow
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate space for the row. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of rows to a section, use the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomRows
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ typedef struct _XkbRow {
|
|||
int vertical;
|
||||
XkbKeyPtr keys;
|
||||
XkbBoundsRec bounds;
|
||||
} XkbRowRec, *XkbRowPtr;
|
||||
} XkbRowRec, *XkbRowPtr;
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomRows (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -50,41 +50,41 @@ number of doodads to reserve in the section
|
|||
number of overlays to reserve in the section
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard
|
||||
geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do
|
||||
not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the
|
||||
values of the element's structure from the arguments. For other functions, you
|
||||
must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary
|
||||
name. Programs that display images of keyboards can use geometry properties as
|
||||
hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer
|
||||
to geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
A keyboard geometry contains an arbitrary number of sections.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomSection
|
||||
adds one section to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
The new section contains space for the number of rows, doodads, and overlays
|
||||
specified by
|
||||
.I sz_rows, sz_doodads,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I sz_overlays.
|
||||
The new section is allocated and zeroed and given the name specified by
|
||||
.I name.
|
||||
If a section with name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
A keyboard geometry contains an arbitrary number of sections.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomSection
|
||||
adds one section to an existing keyboard geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
The new section contains space for the number of rows, doodads, and overlays
|
||||
specified by
|
||||
.I sz_rows, sz_doodads,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I sz_overlays.
|
||||
The new section is allocated and zeroed and given the name specified by
|
||||
.I name.
|
||||
If a section with name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
already exists in the geometry, a pointer to the existing section is returned.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomSection
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the section. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of sections to
|
||||
a geometry, use
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomSection
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate
|
||||
space for the section. To allocate space for an arbitrary number of sections to
|
||||
a geometry, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSections.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,9 +111,9 @@ typedef struct _XkbSection {
|
|||
} XkbSectionRec, *XkbSectionPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.I top
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I left
|
||||
.I top
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I left
|
||||
are the origin of the section, relative to the origin of the keyboard, in mm/10. angle is in 1/10 degrees.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomSections (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,33 +42,33 @@ name of the new shape
|
|||
number of outlines to be reserved
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the values of the element's structure from the
|
||||
Xkb provides functions to add a single new element to the top-level keyboard geometry. In each case the
|
||||
.I num_ *
|
||||
fields of the corresponding structure is incremented by 1. These functions do not change
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
unless there is no more room in the array. Some of these functions fill in the values of the element's structure from the
|
||||
arguments. For other functions, you must explicitly write code to fill the structure's elements.
|
||||
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Programs that display images of
|
||||
keyboards can use geometry properties as hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer to
|
||||
The top-level geometry description includes a list of
|
||||
.I geometry properties.
|
||||
A geometry property associates an arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Programs that display images of
|
||||
keyboards can use geometry properties as hints, but they are not interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer to
|
||||
geometry properties.
|
||||
|
||||
A geometry contains an arbitrary number of shapes, each of which is made up of an arbitrary number of outlines.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomShape
|
||||
adds a shape to a geometry
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
by allocating space for
|
||||
.I sz_outlines
|
||||
outlines for it and giving it the name specified by
|
||||
.I name.
|
||||
If a shape with name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
already exists in the geometry, a pointer to the existing shape is returned.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomShape
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate space. To allocate space for an arbitrary
|
||||
number of geometry shapes, use
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomShape
|
||||
adds a shape to a geometry
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
by allocating space for
|
||||
.I sz_outlines
|
||||
outlines for it and giving it the name specified by
|
||||
.I name.
|
||||
If a shape with name
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
already exists in the geometry, a pointer to the existing shape is returned.
|
||||
.I XkbAddGeomShape
|
||||
returns NULL if any of the parameters is empty or if it was not able to allocate space. To allocate space for an arbitrary
|
||||
number of geometry shapes, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomShapes.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ number of geometry shapes, use
|
|||
XkbOutlinePtr primary; /\&* pointer into the array to the primary outline */
|
||||
XkbBoundsRec bounds; /\&* bounding box for the shape; encompasses all outlines */
|
||||
} XkbShapeRec, *XkbShapePtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocGeomShapes (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAddSymInterpret __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAddSymInterpret \- Add a symbol interpretation to the list of symbol
|
||||
XkbAddSymInterpret \- Add a symbol interpretation to the list of symbol
|
||||
interpretations in an XkbCompatRec
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ interpretations in an XkbCompatRec
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
keyboard description to be updated
|
||||
keyboard description to be updated
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I si
|
||||
symbol interpretation to be added
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,22 +44,22 @@ symbol interpretation to be added
|
|||
True=>apply compatibility map to keys
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
changes are put here
|
||||
changes are put here
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbAddSymInterpret
|
||||
adds
|
||||
.I si
|
||||
to the list of symbol interpretations in
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I updateMap
|
||||
is True, it (re)applies the compatibility map to all of the keys on the
|
||||
keyboard. If
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
.I XkbAddSymInterpret
|
||||
adds
|
||||
.I si
|
||||
to the list of symbol interpretations in
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I updateMap
|
||||
is True, it (re)applies the compatibility map to all of the keys on the
|
||||
keyboard. If
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
is non-NULL, it reports the parts of the keyboard that were affected (unless
|
||||
.I updateMap
|
||||
is True, not much changes).
|
||||
.I XkbAddSymInterpret
|
||||
returns a pointer to the actual new symbol interpretation in the list or NULL if
|
||||
.I updateMap
|
||||
is True, not much changes).
|
||||
.I XkbAddSymInterpret
|
||||
returns a pointer to the actual new symbol interpretation in the list or NULL if
|
||||
it failed.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAllocClientMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAllocClientMap \- Allocate and initialize an empty client map description
|
||||
XkbAllocClientMap \- Allocate and initialize an empty client map description
|
||||
record
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,44 +41,44 @@ keyboard description in which to allocate client map
|
|||
mask selecting map components to allocate
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I type_count
|
||||
value of num_types field in map to be allocated
|
||||
value of num_types field in map to be allocated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Calling
|
||||
.I XkbGetMap
|
||||
should be sufficient for most applications to get client and server maps. As a
|
||||
result, most applications do not need to directly allocate client and server
|
||||
Calling
|
||||
.I XkbGetMap
|
||||
should be sufficient for most applications to get client and server maps. As a
|
||||
result, most applications do not need to directly allocate client and server
|
||||
maps.
|
||||
|
||||
If you change the number of key types or construct map components without
|
||||
loading the necessary components from the X server, do not allocate any map
|
||||
components directly using
|
||||
.I malloc
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I Xmalloc.
|
||||
Instead, use the Xkb allocators,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap,
|
||||
and
|
||||
If you change the number of key types or construct map components without
|
||||
loading the necessary components from the X server, do not allocate any map
|
||||
components directly using
|
||||
.I malloc
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I Xmalloc.
|
||||
Instead, use the Xkb allocators,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap.
|
||||
|
||||
Similarly, use the Xkb destructors,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeClientMap,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbFreeServerMap
|
||||
instead of
|
||||
.I free
|
||||
or
|
||||
Similarly, use the Xkb destructors,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeClientMap,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbFreeServerMap
|
||||
instead of
|
||||
.I free
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I Xfree.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes an empty client map in the
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
field of the keyboard description specified by
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter specifies the particular components of the client map structure to
|
||||
allocate and is a mask composed by a bitwise inclusive OR of one or more of the
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes an empty client map in the
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
field of the keyboard description specified by
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter specifies the particular components of the client map structure to
|
||||
allocate and is a mask composed by a bitwise inclusive OR of one or more of the
|
||||
masks shown in Table 1.
|
||||
.bp
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,60 +90,60 @@ _
|
|||
Mask Effect
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbKeyTypesMask T{
|
||||
The type_count field specifies the number of entries to preallocate for the
|
||||
types field of the client map. If the type_count field is less than
|
||||
The type_count field specifies the number of entries to preallocate for the
|
||||
types field of the client map. If the type_count field is less than
|
||||
XkbNumRequiredTypes returns BadValue.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbKeySymsMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the syms and key_sym_map fields of the client map. The fields are
|
||||
allocated to contain the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code -
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the syms and key_sym_map fields of the client map. The fields are
|
||||
allocated to contain the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code -
|
||||
min_key_code + 1 keys.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbModifierMapMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the modmap field of the client map. The field is allocated to contain
|
||||
the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code - min_key_code + 1
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the modmap field of the client map. The field is allocated to contain
|
||||
the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code - min_key_code + 1
|
||||
keys.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be legal values if the XkbKeySymsMask or XkbModifierMapMask masks
|
||||
are set in the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter. If they are not valid,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
returns BadValue.
|
||||
NOTE: The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be legal values if the XkbKeySymsMask or XkbModifierMapMask masks
|
||||
are set in the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter. If they are not valid,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
returns BadValue.
|
||||
|
||||
If the client map of the keyboard description is not NULL, and any fields are
|
||||
already allocated in the client map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
does not overwrite the existing values; it simply ignores that part of the
|
||||
request. The only exception is the
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
array. If
|
||||
.I type_count
|
||||
is greater than the current
|
||||
.I num_types
|
||||
field of the client map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
resizes the
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
array and resets the
|
||||
.I num_types
|
||||
If the client map of the keyboard description is not NULL, and any fields are
|
||||
already allocated in the client map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
does not overwrite the existing values; it simply ignores that part of the
|
||||
request. The only exception is the
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
array. If
|
||||
.I type_count
|
||||
is greater than the current
|
||||
.I num_types
|
||||
field of the client map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
resizes the
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
array and resets the
|
||||
.I num_types
|
||||
field accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
is successful, it returns Success. Otherwise, it can return either BadMatch,
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
is successful, it returns Success. Otherwise, it can return either BadMatch,
|
||||
BadAlloc, or BadValue errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ BadAlloc, or BadValue errors.
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ mask of compatibility map components to allocate
|
|||
number of symbol interpretations to allocate
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
specifies the keyboard description for which compatibility maps are to be allocated. The compatibility map is the
|
||||
.I compat
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
specifies the keyboard description for which compatibility maps are to be allocated. The compatibility map is the
|
||||
.I compat
|
||||
field in this structure.
|
||||
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
specifies the compatibility map components to be allocated (see XkbGetCompatMap).
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
specifies the compatibility map components to be allocated (see XkbGetCompatMap).
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is an inclusive OR of the bits shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ XkbGroupCompatMask (1<<1) Group maps
|
|||
XkbAllCompatMask (0x3) All compatibility map components
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
.I num_si
|
||||
.I num_si
|
||||
specifies the total number of entries to allocate in the symbol interpretation vector
|
||||
.I (xkb.compat.sym_interpret).
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocCompatMap
|
||||
returns Success if successful, BadMatch if
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.I XkbAllocCompatMap
|
||||
returns Success if successful, BadMatch if
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL, or BadAlloc if errors are encountered when attempting to allocate storage.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ is NULL, or BadAlloc if errors are encountered when attempting to allocate stora
|
|||
unsigned char virtual_mod; /\&* 1 modifier to add to key virtual mod map */
|
||||
XkbAnyAction act; /\&* action to bind to symbol position on key */
|
||||
} XkbSymInterpretRec,*XkbSymInterpretPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has c
|
|||
.BR XkbGetCompatMap (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
.SH NOTES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Note that symbol interpretations in a compatibility map (the
|
||||
.I sym_interpret
|
||||
Note that symbol interpretations in a compatibility map (the
|
||||
.I sym_interpret
|
||||
vector of XkbSymInterpretRec structures) are also allocated using this same function. To ensure that there is sufficient space in the symbol interpretation vector for entries to be added, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocCompatMap
|
||||
specifying
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
as XkbSymInterpretMask and the number of free symbol interpretations needed in
|
||||
.I XkbAllocCompatMap
|
||||
specifying
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
as XkbSymInterpretMask and the number of free symbol interpretations needed in
|
||||
.I num_si.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -39,57 +39,57 @@ Xkb description in which to allocate ctrls rec
|
|||
mask of components of ctrls to allocate
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The need to allocate an XkbControlsRec structure seldom arises; Xkb creates one
|
||||
when an application calls
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
or a related function. For those situations where there is not an XkbControlsRec
|
||||
structure allocated in the XkbDescRec, allocate one by calling
|
||||
The need to allocate an XkbControlsRec structure seldom arises; Xkb creates one
|
||||
when an application calls
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
or a related function. For those situations where there is not an XkbControlsRec
|
||||
structure allocated in the XkbDescRec, allocate one by calling
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls
|
||||
allocates the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, initializes all fields to zero, and returns Success. If the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls
|
||||
simply returns Success. If
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls
|
||||
reports a BadMatch error. If the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls
|
||||
allocates the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, initializes all fields to zero, and returns Success. If the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls
|
||||
simply returns Success. If
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocControls
|
||||
reports a BadMatch error. If the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field could not be allocated, it reports a BadAlloc error.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask specifies the individual fields of the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
structure to be allocated and can contain any of the valid masks defined in
|
||||
Table 1.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask specifies the individual fields of the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
structure to be allocated and can contain any of the valid masks defined in
|
||||
Table 1.
|
||||
(SHOULD THIS COMMENT BE LEFT IN????)
|
||||
Because none of the currently existing controls have any structures associated
|
||||
Because none of the currently existing controls have any structures associated
|
||||
with them, which is currently of little practical value in this call.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s s
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 1 Controls Mask Bits
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit which or enabled Value
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ XkbInternalModsMask ok (1L<<28)
|
|||
XkbIgnoreLockModsMask ok (1L<<29)
|
||||
XkbPerKeyRepeatMask ok (1L<<30)
|
||||
XkbControlsEnabledMask ok (1L<<31)
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXFeedbackMask)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllControlsMask ok (0xF8001FFF)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
.nh
|
||||
|
|
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ the ctrls field is not NULL
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbGetControls (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,26 +43,26 @@ number of button actions to allocate space for
|
|||
number of LED feedbacks to allocate space for
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbAllocDeviceInfo
|
||||
allocates space for an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure and initializes that structure's
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field with the device ID specified by
|
||||
.I device_spec.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I n_buttons
|
||||
is nonzero,
|
||||
.I n_buttons
|
||||
XkbActions are linked into the XkbDeviceInfoRec structure and initialized to zero. If
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
is nonzero,
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structures are also allocated and linked into the XkbDeviceInfoRec structure. If
|
||||
you request XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structures be allocated using this request, you must initialize them
|
||||
.I XkbAllocDeviceInfo
|
||||
allocates space for an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure and initializes that structure's
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field with the device ID specified by
|
||||
.I device_spec.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I n_buttons
|
||||
is nonzero,
|
||||
.I n_buttons
|
||||
XkbActions are linked into the XkbDeviceInfoRec structure and initialized to zero. If
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
is nonzero,
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structures are also allocated and linked into the XkbDeviceInfoRec structure. If
|
||||
you request XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structures be allocated using this request, you must initialize them
|
||||
explicitly, by using
|
||||
.BR XkbAddDeviceLedInfo (__libmansuffix__).
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb
|
||||
extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
|||
unsigned short dflt_led_fb; /\&* input extension ID of default indicator feedback */
|
||||
XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr leds; /\&* LED descriptions */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceInfoRec, *XkbDeviceInfoPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned short led_class; /\&* class for this LED device*/
|
||||
|
|
@ -93,6 +93,6 @@ extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
|||
Atom names[XkbNumIndicators]; /\&* names for LEDs */
|
||||
XkbIndicatorMapRec maps; /\&* indicator maps for each LED */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceLedInfoRec, *XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr;
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAddDeviceLedInfo (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,28 +38,28 @@ geometry for which colors should be allocated
|
|||
number of new colors required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomColors
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
colors and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
A color name is a string whose interpretation is not specified by Xkb. All other
|
||||
geometry data structures refer to colors using their indices in this global list
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomColors
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
colors and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
A color name is a string whose interpretation is not specified by Xkb. All other
|
||||
geometry data structures refer to colors using their indices in this global list
|
||||
or pointers to colors in this list.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -39,26 +39,26 @@ geometry for which doodads should be allocated
|
|||
number of new doodads required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomDoodads
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
doodads and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomDoodads
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
doodads and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
No initialization of the doodads is done.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,30 +38,30 @@ geometry for which key aliases should be allocated
|
|||
number of new key aliases required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
key aliases and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
A key alias is a pair of strings that associates an alternate name for a key
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
key aliases and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
A key alias is a pair of strings that associates an alternate name for a key
|
||||
with the real name for that key.
|
||||
|
||||
To free geometry key aliases, use
|
||||
To free geometry key aliases, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -35,29 +35,29 @@ XkbAllocGeomKeys \- Allocate space for an arbitrary number of keys to a row
|
|||
row to which keys should be allocated
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
number of new keys required
|
||||
number of new keys required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeys
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
keys and adds them to the
|
||||
.I row.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomKeys
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
keys and adds them to the
|
||||
.I row.
|
||||
No initialization of the keys is done.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAllocGeomOutlines __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAllocGeomOutlines \- Allocate space for an arbitrary number of outlines to a
|
||||
XkbAllocGeomOutlines \- Allocate space for an arbitrary number of outlines to a
|
||||
shape
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -39,29 +39,29 @@ shape for which outlines should be allocated
|
|||
number of new outlines required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOutlines
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
outlines in the specified
|
||||
.I shape.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOutlines
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
outlines in the specified
|
||||
.I shape.
|
||||
The outlines are not initialized.
|
||||
|
||||
To free geometry outlines, use
|
||||
To free geometry outlines, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeomOutlines.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ section for which rows should be allocated
|
|||
number of new rows required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries. Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries. Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
keys and adds them to the
|
||||
.I row.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
keys and adds them to the
|
||||
.I row.
|
||||
No initialization of the keys is done.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ section for which rows should be allocated
|
|||
number of new rows required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
rows and adds them to the
|
||||
.I overlay.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
rows and adds them to the
|
||||
.I overlay.
|
||||
No initialization of the rows is done.
|
||||
|
||||
To free rows in an overlay, use
|
||||
To free rows in an overlay, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,21 +38,21 @@ section for which overlays should be allocated
|
|||
number of new overlays required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries. Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries. Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlays
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
overlays and adds them to the
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomOverlays
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
overlays and adds them to the
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
No initialization of the overlays is done.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,26 +38,26 @@ outline for which points should be allocated
|
|||
number of new points required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomPoints
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
points in the specified
|
||||
.I outline.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomPoints
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
points in the specified
|
||||
.I outline.
|
||||
The points are not initialized.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ geometry for which properties should be allocated
|
|||
number of new properties required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomProps
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
properties and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
No initialization of the properties is done. A geometry property associates an
|
||||
arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Geometry properties can be used
|
||||
to provide hints to programs that display images of keyboards, but they are not
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomProps
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
properties and adds them to the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
No initialization of the properties is done. A geometry property associates an
|
||||
arbitrary string with an equally arbitrary name. Geometry properties can be used
|
||||
to provide hints to programs that display images of keyboards, but they are not
|
||||
interpreted by Xkb. No other geometry structures refer to geometry properties.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,26 +38,26 @@ section for which rows should be allocated
|
|||
number of new rows required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomRows
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
rows and adds them to the
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomRows
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
rows and adds them to the
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
No initialization of the rows is done.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -39,29 +39,29 @@ section for which doodads should be allocated
|
|||
number of new doodads required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
doodads and adds them to the specified
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
doodads and adds them to the specified
|
||||
.I section.
|
||||
No initialization of the doodads is done.
|
||||
|
||||
To free geometry doodads, use
|
||||
To free geometry doodads, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeomDoodads.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ geometry for which sections should be allocated
|
|||
number of new sections required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSections
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
sections and adds them to the geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomSections
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
sections and adds them to the geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
No initialization of the sections is done.
|
||||
|
||||
To free geometry sections, use
|
||||
To free geometry sections, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeomSections.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ geometry for which shapes should be allocated
|
|||
number of new shapes required
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomShapes
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
shapes in the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeomShapes
|
||||
allocates space for
|
||||
.I num_needed
|
||||
shapes in the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom.
|
||||
The shapes are not initialized.
|
||||
|
||||
To free geometry shapes, use
|
||||
To free geometry shapes, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeomShapes.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -39,37 +39,37 @@ keyboard description for which geometry is to be allocated
|
|||
initial sizes for all geometry components
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeometry
|
||||
allocates a keyboard geometry and adds it to the keyboard description specified
|
||||
by
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
The keyboard description should be obtained via the
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyboard
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbAllocKeyboard
|
||||
functions. The
|
||||
.I sizes
|
||||
parameter specifies the number of elements to be reserved for the subcomponents
|
||||
of the keyboard geometry and can be zero or more. These subcomponents include
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I properties, colors, shapes, sections, and doodads.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocGeometry
|
||||
allocates a keyboard geometry and adds it to the keyboard description specified
|
||||
by
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
The keyboard description should be obtained via the
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyboard
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbAllocKeyboard
|
||||
functions. The
|
||||
.I sizes
|
||||
parameter specifies the number of elements to be reserved for the subcomponents
|
||||
of the keyboard geometry and can be zero or more. These subcomponents include
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I properties, colors, shapes, sections, and doodads.
|
||||
|
||||
To free an entire geometry, use
|
||||
To free an entire geometry, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeGeometry.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbAllocIndicatorMaps __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbAllocIndicatorMaps \- Allocates, directly, the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record
|
||||
XkbAllocIndicatorMaps \- Allocates, directly, the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
.B Status XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,29 +36,29 @@ member of the keyboard description record
|
|||
keyboard description structure
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must point to a valid keyboard description. If it doesn't,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
returns a BadMatch error. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
allocates and initializes the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record and returns Success. If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must point to a valid keyboard description. If it doesn't,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
returns a BadMatch error. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
allocates and initializes the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record and returns Success. If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
was unable to allocate the indicators record, it reports a BadAlloc error.
|
||||
.SH RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
function returns Success if it is successful in allocating and initializing the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbAllocIndicatorMaps
|
||||
function returns Success if it is successful in allocating and initializing the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadAlloc
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -31,21 +31,21 @@ XkbAllocKeyboard \- Creates a keyboard description from scratch
|
|||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Applications seldom need to directly allocate a keyboard description; calling
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyboard
|
||||
usually suffices. In the event you need to create a keyboard description from
|
||||
scratch, however, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocKeyboard
|
||||
rather than directly calling
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyboard
|
||||
usually suffices. In the event you need to create a keyboard description from
|
||||
scratch, however, use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocKeyboard
|
||||
rather than directly calling
|
||||
.I malloc.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocKeyboard
|
||||
fails to allocate the keyboard description, it returns NULL.
|
||||
Otherwise, it returns a pointer to an empty keyboard description structure. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field will have been initialized to XkbUseCoreKbd. You may then
|
||||
either fill in the structure components or use Xkb functions to obtain values
|
||||
for the structure components from a keyboard device.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocKeyboard
|
||||
fails to allocate the keyboard description, it returns NULL.
|
||||
Otherwise, it returns a pointer to an empty keyboard description structure. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field will have been initialized to XkbUseCoreKbd. You may then
|
||||
either fill in the structure components or use Xkb functions to obtain values
|
||||
for the structure components from a keyboard device.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR malloc (3F),
|
||||
.BR XkbUseCoreKbd (__libmansuffix__),
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -47,20 +47,20 @@ total number of radio group names needed
|
|||
total number of key aliases needed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Most applications do not need to directly allocate symbolic names structures. Do
|
||||
not allocate a names structure directly using
|
||||
.I malloc
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I Xmalloc
|
||||
if your application changes the number of key aliases or radio groups or
|
||||
constructs a symbolic names structure without loading the necessary components
|
||||
from the X server. Instead use
|
||||
Most applications do not need to directly allocate symbolic names structures. Do
|
||||
not allocate a names structure directly using
|
||||
.I malloc
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I Xmalloc
|
||||
if your application changes the number of key aliases or radio groups or
|
||||
constructs a symbolic names structure without loading the necessary components
|
||||
from the X server. Instead use
|
||||
.I XkbAllocNames.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbAllocNames
|
||||
can return BadAlloc, BadMatch, and BadValue errors. The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid names mask bits defined in
|
||||
.I XkbAllocNames
|
||||
can return BadAlloc, BadMatch, and BadValue errors. The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid names mask bits defined in
|
||||
Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,12 +94,12 @@ XkbComponentNamesMask (0x3f) Xkb->names keycodes,
|
|||
XkbAllNamesMask (0x3fff) Xkb->names all name components
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
Do not free symbolic names structures directly using
|
||||
.I free
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XFree.
|
||||
Use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeNames
|
||||
Do not free symbolic names structures directly using
|
||||
.I free
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XFree.
|
||||
Use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeNames
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ instead.
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ mask selecting map components to allocate
|
|||
value of num_acts field in map to be allocated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes an empty server map in the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
field of the keyboard description specified by
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter specifies the particular components of the server map structure to allocate, as specified in Table 1.
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes an empty server map in the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
field of the keyboard description specified by
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter specifies the particular components of the server map structure to allocate, as specified in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,24 +79,24 @@ T}
|
|||
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If the server map of the keyboard description is not NULL and any fields are already allocated in the server map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
does not overwrite the existing values. The only exception is with the
|
||||
.I acts
|
||||
array. If the
|
||||
.I count_acts
|
||||
parameter is greater than the current
|
||||
.I num_acts
|
||||
field of the server map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
resizes the
|
||||
.I acts
|
||||
array and resets the
|
||||
.I num_acts
|
||||
If the server map of the keyboard description is not NULL and any fields are already allocated in the server map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
does not overwrite the existing values. The only exception is with the
|
||||
.I acts
|
||||
array. If the
|
||||
.I count_acts
|
||||
parameter is greater than the current
|
||||
.I num_acts
|
||||
field of the server map,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
resizes the
|
||||
.I acts
|
||||
array and resets the
|
||||
.I num_acts
|
||||
field accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
is successful, it returns Success. Otherwise, it can return either BadMatch or BadAlloc errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -110,12 +110,12 @@ A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has c
|
|||
An argument is out of range
|
||||
.SH NOTES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be legal values. If they are not valid,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
returns BadValue.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be legal values. If they are not valid,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocServerMap
|
||||
returns BadValue.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbApplyCompatMapToKey __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbApplyCompatMapToKey \- Apply the new compatibility mapping to an individual
|
||||
XkbApplyCompatMapToKey \- Apply the new compatibility mapping to an individual
|
||||
key to get its semantics updated
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,38 +44,38 @@ key to be updated
|
|||
notes changes to the Xkb keyboard description
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbApplyCompatMapToKey
|
||||
essentially performs the operation described in Core Keyboard Mapping to Xkb
|
||||
Keyboard Mapping Transformation to a specific key. This updates the behavior,
|
||||
.I XkbApplyCompatMapToKey
|
||||
essentially performs the operation described in Core Keyboard Mapping to Xkb
|
||||
Keyboard Mapping Transformation to a specific key. This updates the behavior,
|
||||
actions, repeat status, and virtual modifier bindings of the key.
|
||||
|
||||
.B Core Keyboard Mapping to Xkb Keyboard Mapping Transformation
|
||||
|
||||
When a core protocol keyboard mapping request is received by the server, the
|
||||
server's core keyboard map is updated, and then the Xkb map maintained by the
|
||||
server is updated. Because a client may have explicitly configured some of the
|
||||
Xkb keyboard mapping in the server, this automatic regeneration of the Xkb
|
||||
keyboard mapping from the core protocol keyboard mapping should not modify any
|
||||
components of the Xkb keyboard mapping that were explicitly set by a client. The
|
||||
client must set explicit override controls to prevent this from happening (see
|
||||
Explicit Components-Avoiding Automatic Remapping by the Server). The core-to-Xkb
|
||||
When a core protocol keyboard mapping request is received by the server, the
|
||||
server's core keyboard map is updated, and then the Xkb map maintained by the
|
||||
server is updated. Because a client may have explicitly configured some of the
|
||||
Xkb keyboard mapping in the server, this automatic regeneration of the Xkb
|
||||
keyboard mapping from the core protocol keyboard mapping should not modify any
|
||||
components of the Xkb keyboard mapping that were explicitly set by a client. The
|
||||
client must set explicit override controls to prevent this from happening (see
|
||||
Explicit Components-Avoiding Automatic Remapping by the Server). The core-to-Xkb
|
||||
mapping is done as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
.B Explicit Components-Avoiding Automatic Remapping by the Server
|
||||
|
||||
Whenever a client remaps the keyboard using core protocol requests, Xkb examines
|
||||
the map to determine likely default values for the components that cannot be
|
||||
Whenever a client remaps the keyboard using core protocol requests, Xkb examines
|
||||
the map to determine likely default values for the components that cannot be
|
||||
specified using the core protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
This automatic remapping might replace definitions explicitly requested by an
|
||||
application, so the Xkb keyboard description defines an explicit components mask
|
||||
for each key. Any aspects of the automatic remapping listed in the explicit
|
||||
components mask for a key are not changed by the automatic keyboard mapping.
|
||||
This automatic remapping might replace definitions explicitly requested by an
|
||||
application, so the Xkb keyboard description defines an explicit components mask
|
||||
for each key. Any aspects of the automatic remapping listed in the explicit
|
||||
components mask for a key are not changed by the automatic keyboard mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
The explicit components masks are held in the
|
||||
.I explicit
|
||||
field of the server map, which is an array indexed by keycode. Each entry in
|
||||
this array is a mask that is a bitwise inclusive OR of the values shown in Table
|
||||
The explicit components masks are held in the
|
||||
.I explicit
|
||||
field of the server map, which is an array indexed by keycode. Each entry in
|
||||
this array is a mask that is a bitwise inclusive OR of the values shown in Table
|
||||
1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -99,127 +99,127 @@ ExplicitKeyType4 (1<<3) T{
|
|||
Automatic determination of the key type associated with Group4.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitInterpret (1<<4) T{
|
||||
Application of any of the fields of a symbol interpretation to the key in
|
||||
Application of any of the fields of a symbol interpretation to the key in
|
||||
question.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitAutoRepeat (1<<5) T{
|
||||
Automatic determination of auto-repeat status for the key, as specified in a
|
||||
Automatic determination of auto-repeat status for the key, as specified in a
|
||||
symbol interpretation.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitBehavior (1<<6) T{
|
||||
Automatic assignment of the XkbKB_Lock behavior to the key, if the
|
||||
Automatic assignment of the XkbKB_Lock behavior to the key, if the
|
||||
XkbSI_LockingKey flag is set in a symbol interpretation.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitVModMap (1<<7) T{
|
||||
Automatic determination of the virtual modifier map for the key based on the
|
||||
Automatic determination of the virtual modifier map for the key based on the
|
||||
actions assigned to the key and the symbol interpretations that match the key.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
1.
|
||||
Map the symbols from the keys in the core keyboard map to groups and symbols on
|
||||
keys in the Xkb keyboard map. The core keyboard mapping is of fixed width, so
|
||||
each key in the core mapping has the same number of symbols associated with it.
|
||||
The Xkb mapping allows a different number of symbols to be associated with each
|
||||
key; those symbols may be divided into a different number of groups (1-4) for
|
||||
each key. For each key, this process therefore involves partitioning the fixed
|
||||
number of symbols from the core mapping into a set of variable-length groups
|
||||
with a variable number of symbols in each group. For example, if the core
|
||||
protocol map is of width five, the partition for one key might result in one
|
||||
group with two symbols and another with three symbols. A different key might
|
||||
result in two groups with two symbols plus a third group with one symbol. The
|
||||
Map the symbols from the keys in the core keyboard map to groups and symbols on
|
||||
keys in the Xkb keyboard map. The core keyboard mapping is of fixed width, so
|
||||
each key in the core mapping has the same number of symbols associated with it.
|
||||
The Xkb mapping allows a different number of symbols to be associated with each
|
||||
key; those symbols may be divided into a different number of groups (1-4) for
|
||||
each key. For each key, this process therefore involves partitioning the fixed
|
||||
number of symbols from the core mapping into a set of variable-length groups
|
||||
with a variable number of symbols in each group. For example, if the core
|
||||
protocol map is of width five, the partition for one key might result in one
|
||||
group with two symbols and another with three symbols. A different key might
|
||||
result in two groups with two symbols plus a third group with one symbol. The
|
||||
core protocol map requires at least two symbols in each of the first two groups.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
1a.
|
||||
For each changed key, determine the number of groups represented in the new core
|
||||
keyboard map. This results in a tentative group count for each key in the Xkb
|
||||
For each changed key, determine the number of groups represented in the new core
|
||||
keyboard map. This results in a tentative group count for each key in the Xkb
|
||||
map.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
1b.
|
||||
For each changed key, determine the number of symbols in each of the groups
|
||||
found in step 1a. There is one explicit override control associated with each of
|
||||
the four possible groups for each Xkb key, ExplicitKeyType1 through
|
||||
ExplicitKeyType4. If no explicit override control is set for a group, the number
|
||||
of symbols used for that group from the core map is two. If the explicit
|
||||
override control is set for a group on the key, the number of symbols used for
|
||||
that Xkb group from the core map is the width of the Xkb group with one
|
||||
exception: because of the core protocol requirement for at least two symbols in
|
||||
each of groups one and two, the number of symbols used for groups one and two is
|
||||
For each changed key, determine the number of symbols in each of the groups
|
||||
found in step 1a. There is one explicit override control associated with each of
|
||||
the four possible groups for each Xkb key, ExplicitKeyType1 through
|
||||
ExplicitKeyType4. If no explicit override control is set for a group, the number
|
||||
of symbols used for that group from the core map is two. If the explicit
|
||||
override control is set for a group on the key, the number of symbols used for
|
||||
that Xkb group from the core map is the width of the Xkb group with one
|
||||
exception: because of the core protocol requirement for at least two symbols in
|
||||
each of groups one and two, the number of symbols used for groups one and two is
|
||||
the maximum of 2 or the width of the Xkb group.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
1c.
|
||||
For each changed key, assign the symbols in the core map to the appropriate
|
||||
group on the key. If the total number of symbols required by the Xkb map for a
|
||||
particular key needs more symbols than the core protocol map contains, the
|
||||
additional symbols are taken to be NoSymbol keysyms appended to the end of the
|
||||
core set. If the core map contains more symbols than are needed by the Xkb map,
|
||||
trailing symbols in the core map are discarded. In the absence of an explicit
|
||||
override for group one or two, symbols are assigned in order by group; the first
|
||||
symbols in the core map are assigned to group one, in order, followed by group
|
||||
two, and so on. For example, if the core map contained eight symbols per key,
|
||||
and a particular Xkb map contained 2 symbols for G1 and G2 and three for G3, the
|
||||
For each changed key, assign the symbols in the core map to the appropriate
|
||||
group on the key. If the total number of symbols required by the Xkb map for a
|
||||
particular key needs more symbols than the core protocol map contains, the
|
||||
additional symbols are taken to be NoSymbol keysyms appended to the end of the
|
||||
core set. If the core map contains more symbols than are needed by the Xkb map,
|
||||
trailing symbols in the core map are discarded. In the absence of an explicit
|
||||
override for group one or two, symbols are assigned in order by group; the first
|
||||
symbols in the core map are assigned to group one, in order, followed by group
|
||||
two, and so on. For example, if the core map contained eight symbols per key,
|
||||
and a particular Xkb map contained 2 symbols for G1 and G2 and three for G3, the
|
||||
symbols would be assigned as (G is group, L is shift level):
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
G1L1 G1L2 G2L1 G2L2 G3L1 G3L2 G3L3
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If an explicit override control is set for group one or two, the symbols are
|
||||
taken from the core set in a somewhat different order. The first four symbols
|
||||
from the core set are assigned to G1L1, G1L2, G2L1, G2L2, respectively. If group
|
||||
one requires more symbols, they are taken next, and then any additional symbols
|
||||
needed by group two. Group three and four symbols are taken in complete sequence
|
||||
after group two. For example, a key with four groups and three symbols in each
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If an explicit override control is set for group one or two, the symbols are
|
||||
taken from the core set in a somewhat different order. The first four symbols
|
||||
from the core set are assigned to G1L1, G1L2, G2L1, G2L2, respectively. If group
|
||||
one requires more symbols, they are taken next, and then any additional symbols
|
||||
needed by group two. Group three and four symbols are taken in complete sequence
|
||||
after group two. For example, a key with four groups and three symbols in each
|
||||
group would take symbols from the core set in the following order:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
G1L1 G1L2 G2L1 G2L2 G1L3 G2L3 G3L1 G3L2 G3L3 G4L1 G4L2 G4L3
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
As previously noted, the core protocol map requires at lease two symbols in
|
||||
groups one and two. Because of this, if an explicit override control for an Xkb
|
||||
key is set and group one and / or group two is of width one, it is not possible
|
||||
to generate the symbols taken from the core protocol set and assigned to
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
As previously noted, the core protocol map requires at lease two symbols in
|
||||
groups one and two. Because of this, if an explicit override control for an Xkb
|
||||
key is set and group one and / or group two is of width one, it is not possible
|
||||
to generate the symbols taken from the core protocol set and assigned to
|
||||
position G1L2 and / or G2L2.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
1d.
|
||||
For each group on each changed key, assign a key type appropriate for the
|
||||
For each group on each changed key, assign a key type appropriate for the
|
||||
symbols in the group.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
1e.
|
||||
For each changed key, remove any empty or redundant groups.
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, the groups and their associated symbols have been assigned to the
|
||||
At this point, the groups and their associated symbols have been assigned to the
|
||||
corresponding key definitions in the Xkb map.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
2.
|
||||
Apply symbol interpretations to modify key operation. This phase is completely
|
||||
skipped if the ExplicitInterpret override control bit is set in the explicit
|
||||
controls mask for the Xkb key (see Explicit Components-Avoiding Automatic
|
||||
Apply symbol interpretations to modify key operation. This phase is completely
|
||||
skipped if the ExplicitInterpret override control bit is set in the explicit
|
||||
controls mask for the Xkb key (see Explicit Components-Avoiding Automatic
|
||||
Remapping by the Server).
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
2a.
|
||||
For each symbol on each changed key, attempt to match the symbol and modifiers
|
||||
from the Xkb map to a symbol interpretation describing how to generate the
|
||||
For each symbol on each changed key, attempt to match the symbol and modifiers
|
||||
from the Xkb map to a symbol interpretation describing how to generate the
|
||||
symbol.
|
||||
.TP 4
|
||||
2b.
|
||||
When a match is found in step 2a, apply the symbol interpretation to change the
|
||||
semantics associated with the symbol in the Xkb key map. If no match is found,
|
||||
When a match is found in step 2a, apply the symbol interpretation to change the
|
||||
semantics associated with the symbol in the Xkb key map. If no match is found,
|
||||
apply a default interpretation.
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The symbol interpretations used in step 2 are configurable and may be specified
|
||||
using XkbSymInterpretRec structures referenced by the sym_interpret field of an
|
||||
The symbol interpretations used in step 2 are configurable and may be specified
|
||||
using XkbSymInterpretRec structures referenced by the sym_interpret field of an
|
||||
XkbCompatMapRec.
|
||||
|
||||
.B Symbol Interpretations - the XkbSymInterpretRec Structure
|
||||
|
||||
Symbol interpretations are used to guide the X server when it modifies the Xkb
|
||||
keymap in step 2. An initial set of symbol interpretations is loaded by the
|
||||
Symbol interpretations are used to guide the X server when it modifies the Xkb
|
||||
keymap in step 2. An initial set of symbol interpretations is loaded by the
|
||||
server when it starts. A client may add new ones using XkbSetCompatMap.
|
||||
|
||||
Symbol interpretations result in key semantics being set. When a symbol
|
||||
interpretation is applied, the following components of server key event
|
||||
Symbol interpretations result in key semantics being set. When a symbol
|
||||
interpretation is applied, the following components of server key event
|
||||
processing may be modified for the particular key involved:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -227,11 +227,11 @@ processing may be modified for the particular key involved:
|
|||
Auto repeat
|
||||
Key behavior (may be set to XkbKB_Lock)
|
||||
Key action
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The XkbSymInterpretRec structure specifies a symbol interpretation:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
KeySym sym; /\&* keysym of interest or NULL */
|
||||
unsigned char flags; /\&* XkbSI_AutoRepeat, XkbSI_LockingKey */
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,26 +240,26 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
unsigned char virtual_mod; /\&* 1 modifier to add to key virtual mod map */
|
||||
XkbAnyAction act; /\&* action to bind to symbol position on key */
|
||||
} XkbSymInterpretRec,*XkbSymInterpretPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If sym is not NULL, it limits the symbol interpretation to keys on which that
|
||||
particular keysym is selected by the modifiers matching the criteria specified
|
||||
by
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I sym
|
||||
is NULL, the interpretation may be applied to any symbol selected on a key when
|
||||
the modifiers match the criteria specified by
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If sym is not NULL, it limits the symbol interpretation to keys on which that
|
||||
particular keysym is selected by the modifiers matching the criteria specified
|
||||
by
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I sym
|
||||
is NULL, the interpretation may be applied to any symbol selected on a key when
|
||||
the modifiers match the criteria specified by
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match.
|
||||
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
must be one of the values shown in Table 2 and specifies how the real modifiers
|
||||
specified in
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
must be one of the values shown in Table 2 and specifies how the real modifiers
|
||||
specified in
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
are to be interpreted.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,26 +287,26 @@ All of the bits that are on in mods must be set, and no other bits may be set.
|
|||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to the above bits,
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
may contain the XkbSI_LevelOneOnly bit, in which case the modifier match
|
||||
criteria specified by
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
applies only if
|
||||
.I sym
|
||||
is in level one of its group; otherwise,
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
In addition to the above bits,
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
may contain the XkbSI_LevelOneOnly bit, in which case the modifier match
|
||||
criteria specified by
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
applies only if
|
||||
.I sym
|
||||
is in level one of its group; otherwise,
|
||||
.I mods
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
are ignored and the symbol matches a condition where no modifiers are set.
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
\&#define XkbSI_LevelOneOnly (0x80) /\&* use mods + match only if sym is level 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If no matching symbol interpretation is found, the server uses a default
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If no matching symbol interpretation is found, the server uses a default
|
||||
interpretation where:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -316,43 +316,43 @@ interpretation where:
|
|||
mods = 0
|
||||
virtual_mod = XkbNoModifier
|
||||
act = SA_NoAction
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
When a matching symbol interpretation is found in step 2a, the interpretation is
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
When a matching symbol interpretation is found in step 2a, the interpretation is
|
||||
applied to modify the Xkb map as follows.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
field specifies a single action to be bound to the symbol position; any key event that selects the symbol
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I act
|
||||
field specifies a single action to be bound to the symbol position; any key event that selects the symbol
|
||||
causes the action to be taken. Valid actions are defined in Key Actions.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Xkb keyboard map for the key does not have its ExplicitVModMap control set, the XkbSI_LevelOneOnly bit
|
||||
If the Xkb keyboard map for the key does not have its ExplicitVModMap control set, the XkbSI_LevelOneOnly bit
|
||||
and symbol position are examined. If the XkbSI_LevelOneOnly bit is not set in
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
or the symbol is in position G1L1, the
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
field is examined. If
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
is not XkbNoModifier,
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
specifies a single virtual modifier to be added to the virtual modifier map for the key.
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
is specified as an index in the range [0..15].
|
||||
.I match
|
||||
or the symbol is in position G1L1, the
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
field is examined. If
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
is not XkbNoModifier,
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
specifies a single virtual modifier to be added to the virtual modifier map for the key.
|
||||
.I virtual_mod
|
||||
is specified as an index in the range [0..15].
|
||||
|
||||
If the matching symbol is in position G1L1 of the key, two bits in the flags field potentially specify
|
||||
If the matching symbol is in position G1L1 of the key, two bits in the flags field potentially specify
|
||||
additional behavior modifications:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
\&#define XkbSI_AutoRepeat (1<<0) /\&* key repeats if sym is in position G1L1 */
|
||||
\&#define XkbSI_LockingKey (1<<1) /\&* set KB_Lock behavior if sym is in psn G1L1 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If the Xkb keyboard map for the key does not have its ExplicitAutoRepeat control set, its auto repeat behavior
|
||||
is set based on the value of the XkbSI_AutoRepeat bit. If the XkbSI_AutoRepeat bit is set, the auto-repeat
|
||||
If the Xkb keyboard map for the key does not have its ExplicitAutoRepeat control set, its auto repeat behavior
|
||||
is set based on the value of the XkbSI_AutoRepeat bit. If the XkbSI_AutoRepeat bit is set, the auto-repeat
|
||||
behavior of the key is turned on; otherwise, it is turned off.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Xkb keyboard map for the key does not have its ExplicitBehavior control set, its locking behavior is
|
||||
set based on the value of the XkbSI_LockingKey bit. If XkbSI_LockingKey is set, the key behavior is set to
|
||||
If the Xkb keyboard map for the key does not have its ExplicitBehavior control set, its locking behavior is
|
||||
set based on the value of the XkbSI_LockingKey bit. If XkbSI_LockingKey is set, the key behavior is set to
|
||||
KB_Lock; otherwise, it is turned off.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbKeyAction (__libmansuffix__),
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -47,85 +47,85 @@ relative volume, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
|||
a bell name, or NULL
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing
|
||||
clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event
|
||||
whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed
|
||||
to any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing
|
||||
clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event
|
||||
whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed
|
||||
to any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
The default bell
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id
|
||||
pair
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point
|
||||
of view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is
|
||||
associated with
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point
|
||||
of view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is
|
||||
associated with
|
||||
the name.)
|
||||
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the
|
||||
default bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any
|
||||
of the
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the
|
||||
default bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any
|
||||
of the
|
||||
bell types previously listed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that
|
||||
replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that
|
||||
replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
different from the default bell.
|
||||
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the
|
||||
functions that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the
|
||||
functions that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
In this case the server does not generate a bell event.
|
||||
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed
|
||||
or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep
|
||||
codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations
|
||||
that
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed
|
||||
or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep
|
||||
codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations
|
||||
that
|
||||
generate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Names
|
||||
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to
|
||||
an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If
|
||||
an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients
|
||||
interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that
|
||||
there is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event
|
||||
containing the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in
|
||||
Table 1 below; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to
|
||||
an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If
|
||||
an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients
|
||||
interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that
|
||||
there is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event
|
||||
containing the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in
|
||||
Table 1 below; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have
|
||||
requested to receive XkbBellNotify events.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,51 +155,51 @@ StickyKeys key unlocked AX_StickyUnlock
|
|||
|
||||
Audible Bells
|
||||
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system
|
||||
bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell)
|
||||
and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the
|
||||
audio client
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system
|
||||
bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell)
|
||||
and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the
|
||||
audio client
|
||||
could then send a request to an audio server to play a sound.
|
||||
|
||||
You can control the audible bells feature by passing the XkbAudibleBellMask to
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell
|
||||
event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell
|
||||
event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible bells are also part of the per-client auto-reset controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Functions
|
||||
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
and keyboard feedback. Some of the functions in this section have
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one
|
||||
feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one
|
||||
feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
to be generated when a bell function is called.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ l l l l
|
|||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Bell Sounding and Bell Event Generating
|
||||
_
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbDeviceBell On Yes Yes
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,35 +221,35 @@ XkbDeviceForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
|||
XkbForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I percent,
|
||||
and returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display, window, percent,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I name,
|
||||
a
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
of XkbUseCoreKbd, a
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIClass, and a
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I percent,
|
||||
and returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display, window, percent,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I name,
|
||||
a
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
of XkbUseCoreKbd, a
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIClass, and a
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIId, and returns True.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have disabled the audible bell, the server does not ring the system bell,
|
||||
|
||||
If you have disabled the audible bell, the server does not ring the system bell,
|
||||
although it does generate a XkbBellNotify event.
|
||||
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
without first initializing the keyboard extension.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -257,31 +257,31 @@ FALSE
|
|||
The XkbBell function returns FALSE if XlibDisplayNoXkb is set.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is
|
||||
not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is
|
||||
not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying XkbAllBellEventsMask in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
||||
|
|
@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
|||
Window window; /\&* window associated with event */
|
||||
Bool event_only; /\&* False -> the server did not produce a beep */
|
||||
} XkbBellNotifyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
a bell event, use the window ID in the XkbBellNotifyEvent, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbBellEvent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbBellEvent \- Provides a function that initiates a bell event for the keyboard
|
||||
XkbBellEvent \- Provides a function that initiates a bell event for the keyboard
|
||||
without ringing the bell
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ without ringing the bell
|
|||
connection to the X server
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I window
|
||||
the event window, or None
|
||||
the event window, or None
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
relative volume, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,84 +48,84 @@ relative volume, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
|||
a bell name, or NULL
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing
|
||||
clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event
|
||||
whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed
|
||||
to any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing
|
||||
clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event
|
||||
whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed
|
||||
to any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
The default bell
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id
|
||||
pair
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point
|
||||
of view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is
|
||||
associated with
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point
|
||||
of view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is
|
||||
associated with
|
||||
the name.)
|
||||
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the
|
||||
default bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any
|
||||
of the
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the
|
||||
default bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any
|
||||
of the
|
||||
bell types previously listed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that
|
||||
replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that
|
||||
replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
different from the default bell.
|
||||
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the
|
||||
functions that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the
|
||||
functions that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
In this case the server does not generate a bell event.
|
||||
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed
|
||||
or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep
|
||||
codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations
|
||||
that
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed
|
||||
or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep
|
||||
codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations
|
||||
that
|
||||
generate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Names
|
||||
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to
|
||||
an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If
|
||||
an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients
|
||||
interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that
|
||||
there is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event
|
||||
containing the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in
|
||||
Table 1; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have
|
||||
requested to
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to
|
||||
an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If
|
||||
an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients
|
||||
interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that
|
||||
there is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event
|
||||
containing the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in
|
||||
Table 1; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have
|
||||
requested to
|
||||
receive XkbBellNotify events.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -157,52 +157,52 @@ StickyKeys key unlocked AX_StickyUnlock
|
|||
|
||||
Audible Bells
|
||||
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system
|
||||
bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell)
|
||||
and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the
|
||||
audio client
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system
|
||||
bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell)
|
||||
and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the
|
||||
audio client
|
||||
could then send a request to an audio server to play a sound.
|
||||
|
||||
You can control the audible bells feature by passing the XkbAudibleBellMask to
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell
|
||||
event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell
|
||||
event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible bells are also part of the per-client auto-reset controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Functions
|
||||
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
and keyboard feedback. Some of the functions in this section have
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one
|
||||
feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one
|
||||
feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
to be generated when a bell function is called.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ l l l l
|
|||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Bell Sounding and Bell Event Generating
|
||||
_
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbDeviceBell On Yes Yes
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,65 +224,65 @@ XkbDeviceForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
|||
XkbForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display, window, percent,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I name,
|
||||
a
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
of XkbUseCoreKbd, a
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIClass, and a
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIId, and returns what
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display, window, percent,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I name,
|
||||
a
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
of XkbUseCoreKbd, a
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIClass, and a
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
of XkbDfltXIId, and returns what
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
returns.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
generates a XkbBellNotify event.
|
||||
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
without first initializing the keyboard extension.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
False
|
||||
The
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbBellEvent
|
||||
immediately returns False, if a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in
|
||||
immediately returns False, if a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in
|
||||
the X server.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is
|
||||
not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is
|
||||
not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying XkbAllBellEventsMask in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
||||
|
|
@ -305,10 +305,10 @@ The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
|||
Window window; /\&* window associated with event */
|
||||
Bool event_only; /\&* False -> the server did not produce a beep */
|
||||
} XkbBellNotifyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
a bell event, use the window ID in the XkbBellNotifyEvent, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbChangeControls __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbChangeControls \- Provides a flexible method for updating the controls in a
|
||||
XkbChangeControls \- Provides a flexible method for updating the controls in a
|
||||
server to match those in the changed keyboard description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,41 +43,41 @@ keyboard description with changed xkb->ctrls
|
|||
.I changes
|
||||
which parts of xkb->ctrls have changed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
The XkbControlsChangesRec structure allows applications to track modifications
|
||||
to an XkbControlsRec structure and thereby reduce the amount of traffic sent
|
||||
to the server. The same XkbControlsChangesRec structure may be used in several
|
||||
successive modifications to the same XkbControlsRec structure, then subsequently
|
||||
used to cause all of the changes, and only the changes, to be propagated to the server.
|
||||
The XkbControlsChangesRec structure allows applications to track modifications
|
||||
to an XkbControlsRec structure and thereby reduce the amount of traffic sent
|
||||
to the server. The same XkbControlsChangesRec structure may be used in several
|
||||
successive modifications to the same XkbControlsRec structure, then subsequently
|
||||
used to cause all of the changes, and only the changes, to be propagated to the server.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
field is a mask specifying which logical sets of data in the controls structure
|
||||
have been modified. In this context, modified means
|
||||
.IR set ,
|
||||
that is, if a value is set to the same value it previously contained, it has
|
||||
still been modified, and is noted as changed. Valid values for
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
are any combination of the masks listed in Table 1 that have "ok" in the
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
column. Setting a bit implies the corresponding data fields from the "Relevant
|
||||
XkbControlsRec Data Fields" column in Table 1 have been modified. The
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls_changes
|
||||
field specifies which bits in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field have changed. If the number of keyboard groups has changed, the
|
||||
.I num_groups_changed
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
field is a mask specifying which logical sets of data in the controls structure
|
||||
have been modified. In this context, modified means
|
||||
.IR set ,
|
||||
that is, if a value is set to the same value it previously contained, it has
|
||||
still been modified, and is noted as changed. Valid values for
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
are any combination of the masks listed in Table 1 that have "ok" in the
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
column. Setting a bit implies the corresponding data fields from the "Relevant
|
||||
XkbControlsRec Data Fields" column in Table 1 have been modified. The
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls_changes
|
||||
field specifies which bits in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field have changed. If the number of keyboard groups has changed, the
|
||||
.I num_groups_changed
|
||||
field is set to True.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ l l l l l
|
|||
lw(1.5i) lw(1.5i) l lw(1.5i) l.
|
||||
Table 1 Xkb Controls
|
||||
_
|
||||
Control Control
|
||||
Selection Relevant
|
||||
Mask (which XkbControlsRec Boolean Control
|
||||
Control Control
|
||||
Selection Relevant
|
||||
Mask (which XkbControlsRec Boolean Control
|
||||
parameter) DataFields enabled_ctrls bit Section
|
||||
_
|
||||
T{
|
||||
|
|
@ -241,19 +241,19 @@ Xkb\%Sticky\%Keys\%Mask
|
|||
T} 10.6.8
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
Table 2 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that
|
||||
Table 2 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that
|
||||
the same mask bit is used to specify general modifications to the parameters
|
||||
used to configure the control (which), and to enable and disable the control
|
||||
(enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no "ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
used to configure the control (which), and to enable and disable the control
|
||||
(enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no "ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s s
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Controls Mask Bits
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit which or Value
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,24 +278,24 @@ XkbInternalModsMask ok (1L<<28)
|
|||
XkbIgnoreLockModsMask ok (1L<<29)
|
||||
XkbPerKeyRepeatMask ok (1L<<30)
|
||||
XkbControlsEnabledMask ok (1L<<31)
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXFeedbackMask)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllControlsMask ok (0xF8001FFF)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If you have an Xkb description with controls that have been modified and an
|
||||
XkbControlsChangesRec that describes the changes that have been made, the
|
||||
.I XkbChangeControls
|
||||
function provides a flexible method for updating the controls in a server to
|
||||
If you have an Xkb description with controls that have been modified and an
|
||||
XkbControlsChangesRec that describes the changes that have been made, the
|
||||
.I XkbChangeControls
|
||||
function provides a flexible method for updating the controls in a server to
|
||||
match those in the changed keyboard description.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbChangeControls
|
||||
copies any controls fields specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
from the keyboard description controls structure,
|
||||
.IR xkb->ctrls ,
|
||||
to the server specified by
|
||||
.I XkbChangeControls
|
||||
copies any controls fields specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
from the keyboard description controls structure,
|
||||
.IR xkb->ctrls ,
|
||||
to the server specified by
|
||||
.IR dpy .
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
The XkbControlsChangesRec structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbChangeDeviceInfo __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbChangeDeviceInfo \- Update the server's description of a device with the changes noted in an
|
||||
XkbChangeDeviceInfo \- Update the server's description of a device with the changes noted in an
|
||||
XkbDeviceChangesRec
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ local copy of device state and configuration
|
|||
note specifying changes in device_info
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbChangeDeviceInfo
|
||||
updates the server's description of the device specified in
|
||||
.I device_info->device_spec
|
||||
with the changes specified in
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
and contained in
|
||||
.I device_info.
|
||||
The update is made by an
|
||||
.I XkbSetDeviceInfo
|
||||
.I XkbChangeDeviceInfo
|
||||
updates the server's description of the device specified in
|
||||
.I device_info->device_spec
|
||||
with the changes specified in
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
and contained in
|
||||
.I device_info.
|
||||
The update is made by an
|
||||
.I XkbSetDeviceInfo
|
||||
request.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Changes to an Xkb extension device may be tracked by listening to XkbDeviceExtensionNotify events
|
||||
and accumulating the changes in an XkbDeviceChangesRec structure. The changes noted in the
|
||||
structure may then be used in subsequent operations to update either a server configuration or a
|
||||
Changes to an Xkb extension device may be tracked by listening to XkbDeviceExtensionNotify events
|
||||
and accumulating the changes in an XkbDeviceChangesRec structure. The changes noted in the
|
||||
structure may then be used in subsequent operations to update either a server configuration or a
|
||||
local copy of an Xkb extension device configuration. The changes structure is defined as follows:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -44,27 +44,27 @@ keyboard device to modify
|
|||
1 bit -> controls to enable / disable
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I values
|
||||
1 bit => enable, 0 bit => disable
|
||||
1 bit => enable, 0 bit => disable
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The EnabledControls control is a bit mask where each bit that is turned on means the
|
||||
corresponding control is enabled, and when turned off, disabled. It corresponds to the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field of an XkbControlsRec structure (see STRUCTURES). The bits describing which controls are
|
||||
The EnabledControls control is a bit mask where each bit that is turned on means the
|
||||
corresponding control is enabled, and when turned off, disabled. It corresponds to the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field of an XkbControlsRec structure (see STRUCTURES). The bits describing which controls are
|
||||
turned on or off are defined in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control (which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no "ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are not boolean
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control (which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no "ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are not boolean
|
||||
controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
.bp
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s s
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 1 Controls Mask Bits
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit which or enabled Value
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,38 +88,38 @@ XkbInternalModsMask ok (1L<<28)
|
|||
XkbIgnoreLockModsMask ok (1L<<29)
|
||||
XkbPerKeyRepeatMask ok (1L<<30)
|
||||
XkbControlsEnabledMask ok (1L<<31)
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXFeedbackMask)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllControlsMask ok (0xF8001FFF)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I mask
|
||||
parameter specifies the boolean controls to be enabled or disabled, and the
|
||||
.I values
|
||||
mask specifies the new state for those controls. Valid values for both of these
|
||||
masks are composed of a bitwise inclusive OR of bits taken from the set of mask
|
||||
bits in Table 1, using only those masks with "ok" in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I mask
|
||||
parameter specifies the boolean controls to be enabled or disabled, and the
|
||||
.I values
|
||||
mask specifies the new state for those controls. Valid values for both of these
|
||||
masks are composed of a bitwise inclusive OR of bits taken from the set of mask
|
||||
bits in Table 1, using only those masks with "ok" in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
column.
|
||||
|
||||
If the X server does not support a compatible version of Xkb or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls
|
||||
If the X server does not support a compatible version of Xkb or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls
|
||||
returns False; otherwise, it sends the request to the X server and returns True.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the EnabledControls control only enables and disables controls; it
|
||||
does not configure them. Some controls, such as the AudibleBell control, have no
|
||||
configuration attributes and are therefore manipulated solely by enabling and
|
||||
disabling them. Others, however, have additional attributes to configure their
|
||||
behavior. For example, the RepeatControl control uses
|
||||
.I repeat_delay
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I repeat_interval
|
||||
fields to describe the timing behavior of keys that repeat. The RepeatControl
|
||||
behavior is turned on or off depending on the value of the XkbRepeatKeysMask
|
||||
bit, but you must use other means, as described in this chapter, to configure
|
||||
Note that the EnabledControls control only enables and disables controls; it
|
||||
does not configure them. Some controls, such as the AudibleBell control, have no
|
||||
configuration attributes and are therefore manipulated solely by enabling and
|
||||
disabling them. Others, however, have additional attributes to configure their
|
||||
behavior. For example, the RepeatControl control uses
|
||||
.I repeat_delay
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I repeat_interval
|
||||
fields to describe the timing behavior of keys that repeat. The RepeatControl
|
||||
behavior is turned on or off depending on the value of the XkbRepeatKeysMask
|
||||
bit, but you must use other means, as described in this chapter, to configure
|
||||
its behavior in detail.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ The XkbControlsRec structure is defined as follows:
|
|||
|
||||
#define XkbMaxLegalKeyCode 255
|
||||
#define XkbPerKeyBitArraySize ((XkbMaxLegalKeyCode+1)/8)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned char mk_dflt_btn; /\&* default button for keyboard driven mouse */
|
||||
unsigned char num_groups; /\&* number of keyboard groups */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbChangeMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbChangeMap \- Update only partial components of a keyboard description, modify
|
||||
the appropriate fields in the server and map components of a local copy of the
|
||||
XkbChangeMap \- Update only partial components of a keyboard description, modify
|
||||
the appropriate fields in the server and map components of a local copy of the
|
||||
keyboard description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,49 +45,49 @@ description from which new values are taken
|
|||
identifies component parts to update
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
To update only partial components of a keyboard description, modify the
|
||||
appropriate fields in the server and map components of a local copy of the
|
||||
keyboard description, then call
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
To update only partial components of a keyboard description, modify the
|
||||
appropriate fields in the server and map components of a local copy of the
|
||||
keyboard description, then call
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
with an XkbMapChangesRec structure indicating which components have changed.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
copies any components specified by the
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
structure from the keyboard description,
|
||||
.I xkb,
|
||||
to the X server specified by
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
copies any components specified by the
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
structure from the keyboard description,
|
||||
.I xkb,
|
||||
to the X server specified by
|
||||
.I dpy.
|
||||
|
||||
If any components specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
are not present in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
returns False. Otherwise, it sends a request to the server and returns True.
|
||||
If any components specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
are not present in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
returns False. Otherwise, it sends a request to the server and returns True.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
can generate BadAlloc, BadLength, and BadValue protocol errors.
|
||||
.I XkbChangeMap
|
||||
can generate BadAlloc, BadLength, and BadValue protocol errors.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
True
|
||||
The XkbChangeMap function returns True if the components specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
are present in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
The XkbChangeMap function returns True if the components specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
are present in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter.
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
False
|
||||
The XkbChangeMap function returns False if the components specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
are not present in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
The XkbChangeMap function returns False if the components specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
are not present in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Use the XkbMapChangesRec structure to identify and track partial modifications
|
||||
to the mapping components and to reduce the amount of traffic between the server
|
||||
Use the XkbMapChangesRec structure to identify and track partial modifications
|
||||
to the mapping components and to reduce the amount of traffic between the server
|
||||
and clients.
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ typedef struct _XkbMapChanges {
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadLength
|
||||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally
|
||||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally
|
||||
contain the arguments
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,36 +43,36 @@ mask of names or map components to be updated
|
|||
keyboard description to be updated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
provides a more flexible method for changing symbolic names than
|
||||
.I XkbSetNames
|
||||
and requires the use of an XkbNameChangesRec structure.
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
provides a more flexible method for changing symbolic names than
|
||||
.I XkbSetNames
|
||||
and requires the use of an XkbNameChangesRec structure.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
copies any names specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
from the keyboard description,
|
||||
.I xkb,
|
||||
to the X server specified by
|
||||
.I dpy. XkbChangeNames
|
||||
aborts and returns False if any illegal type names or type shift level names are
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
copies any names specified by
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
from the keyboard description,
|
||||
.I xkb,
|
||||
to the X server specified by
|
||||
.I dpy. XkbChangeNames
|
||||
aborts and returns False if any illegal type names or type shift level names are
|
||||
specified by changes.
|
||||
|
||||
To change the symbolic names in the server, first modify a local copy of the
|
||||
keyboard description and then use either
|
||||
.I XkbSetNames,
|
||||
To change the symbolic names in the server, first modify a local copy of the
|
||||
keyboard description and then use either
|
||||
.I XkbSetNames,
|
||||
or, to save network traffic, use a XkbNameChangesRec structure and call
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
to download the changes to the server.
|
||||
.I XkbSetNames
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
can generate BadAlloc, BadAtom, BadLength, BadMatch, and BadImplementation
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
to download the changes to the server.
|
||||
.I XkbSetNames
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbChangeNames
|
||||
can generate BadAlloc, BadAtom, BadLength, BadMatch, and BadImplementation
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The XkbNameChangesRec allows applications to identify small modifications to the
|
||||
symbolic names and
|
||||
The XkbNameChangesRec allows applications to identify small modifications to the
|
||||
symbolic names and
|
||||
effectively reduces the amount of traffic sent to the server:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,20 +90,20 @@ effectively reduces the amount of traffic sent to the server:
|
|||
unsigned long changed_indicators; /\&* mask of indicators for which names were changed */
|
||||
unsigned char changed_groups; /\&* mask of groups for which names were changed */
|
||||
} XkbNameChangesRec, *XkbNameChangesPtr
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changed
|
||||
field specifies the name components that have changed and is the bitwise
|
||||
inclusive OR of the valid names
|
||||
mask bits defined in Table 1. The rest of the fields in the structure specify
|
||||
the ranges that have changed
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changed
|
||||
field specifies the name components that have changed and is the bitwise
|
||||
inclusive OR of the valid names
|
||||
mask bits defined in Table 1. The rest of the fields in the structure specify
|
||||
the ranges that have changed
|
||||
for the various kinds of symbolic names, as shown in Table 2.
|
||||
|
||||
Xkb provides several functions that work with symbolic names. Each of these
|
||||
functions uses a mask to
|
||||
specify individual fields of the structures described above. These masks and
|
||||
their relationships to the
|
||||
Xkb provides several functions that work with symbolic names. Each of these
|
||||
functions uses a mask to
|
||||
specify individual fields of the structures described above. These masks and
|
||||
their relationships to the
|
||||
fields in a keyboard description are shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ A name is neither a valid Atom or None
|
|||
Invalid reply from server
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadLength
|
||||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally
|
||||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally
|
||||
contain the arguments
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbSetNames (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbChangeTypesOfKey __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbChangeTypesOfKey \- Change the number of groups and the types bound to a key
|
||||
XkbChangeTypesOfKey \- Change the number of groups and the types bound to a key
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
.B Status XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,52 +55,52 @@ indices for new groups specified in groups
|
|||
notes changes made to xkb
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
reallocates the symbols and actions bound to the key, if necessary, and
|
||||
initializes any new symbols
|
||||
or actions to NoSymbol or NoAction, as appropriate. If the p_changes parameter
|
||||
is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
adds the XkbKeySymsMask to the changes field of
|
||||
.I p_changes
|
||||
and modifies the
|
||||
.I first_key_sym
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_key_syms
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I p_changes
|
||||
to include the
|
||||
.I key
|
||||
that was changed. See STRUCTURE for more information on the XkbMapChangesPtr
|
||||
structure. If
|
||||
successful,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
reallocates the symbols and actions bound to the key, if necessary, and
|
||||
initializes any new symbols
|
||||
or actions to NoSymbol or NoAction, as appropriate. If the p_changes parameter
|
||||
is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
adds the XkbKeySymsMask to the changes field of
|
||||
.I p_changes
|
||||
and modifies the
|
||||
.I first_key_sym
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_key_syms
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I p_changes
|
||||
to include the
|
||||
.I key
|
||||
that was changed. See STRUCTURE for more information on the XkbMapChangesPtr
|
||||
structure. If
|
||||
successful,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns Success.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I n_groups
|
||||
parameter specifies the new number of groups for the key. The
|
||||
.I groups
|
||||
parameter is a mask specifying the groups for which new types are supplied and
|
||||
is a bitwise
|
||||
inclusive OR of the following masks: XkbGroup1Mask, XkbGroup2Mask,
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I n_groups
|
||||
parameter specifies the new number of groups for the key. The
|
||||
.I groups
|
||||
parameter is a mask specifying the groups for which new types are supplied and
|
||||
is a bitwise
|
||||
inclusive OR of the following masks: XkbGroup1Mask, XkbGroup2Mask,
|
||||
XkbGroup3Mask, and XkbGroup4Mask.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I new_types_in
|
||||
parameter is an integer array of length
|
||||
.I n_groups.
|
||||
Each entry represents the type to use for the associated group and is an index
|
||||
into
|
||||
.I xkb->map->types.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I new_types_in
|
||||
array is indexed by group index; if
|
||||
.I n_groups
|
||||
is four and
|
||||
.I groups
|
||||
only has Group1Mask and Group3Mask set,
|
||||
.I new_types_in
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I new_types_in
|
||||
parameter is an integer array of length
|
||||
.I n_groups.
|
||||
Each entry represents the type to use for the associated group and is an index
|
||||
into
|
||||
.I xkb->map->types.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I new_types_in
|
||||
array is indexed by group index; if
|
||||
.I n_groups
|
||||
is four and
|
||||
.I groups
|
||||
only has Group1Mask and Group3Mask set,
|
||||
.I new_types_in
|
||||
looks like this:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ looks like this:
|
|||
new_types_in[1] = ignored
|
||||
new_types_in[2] = type for Group3
|
||||
new_types_in[3] = ignored
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
For convenience, Xkb provides the following constants to use as indices to the
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
For convenience, Xkb provides the following constants to use as indices to the
|
||||
groups:
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,30 +127,30 @@ XkbGroup3Index 2
|
|||
XkbGroup4Index 3
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If the Xkb extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter it not valid (that is, it is NULL or it does not contain a valid
|
||||
client map),
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadMatch. If the
|
||||
.I key
|
||||
is not a valid keycode,
|
||||
.I n_groups
|
||||
is greater than XkbNumKbdGroups, or the
|
||||
.I groups
|
||||
mask does not contain any of the valid group mask bits,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadValue. If it is necessary to resize the key symbols or key actions
|
||||
arrays and any
|
||||
allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
If the Xkb extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter it not valid (that is, it is NULL or it does not contain a valid
|
||||
client map),
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadMatch. If the
|
||||
.I key
|
||||
is not a valid keycode,
|
||||
.I n_groups
|
||||
is greater than XkbNumKbdGroups, or the
|
||||
.I groups
|
||||
mask does not contain any of the valid group mask bits,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadValue. If it is necessary to resize the key symbols or key actions
|
||||
arrays and any
|
||||
allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbChangeTypesOfKey
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Use the XkbMapChangesRec structure to identify and track partial modifications
|
||||
to the mapping
|
||||
Use the XkbMapChangesRec structure to identify and track partial modifications
|
||||
to the mapping
|
||||
components and to reduce the amount of traffic between the server and clients.
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ The Xkb extension has not been properly initialized
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and
|
||||
range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ section that contains the row
|
|||
row to be examined and updated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbComputeRowBounds
|
||||
checks the bounds of all keys in the
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
and updates the bounding box of the row if necessary.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeRowBounds
|
||||
.I XkbComputeRowBounds
|
||||
checks the bounds of all keys in the
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
and updates the bounding box of the row if necessary.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeRowBounds
|
||||
returns False if any of the arguments is NULL; otherwise, it returns True.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ geometry that contains the section
|
|||
section to be examined and updated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
If you add or delete a row to or from a section, or if you change the geometry
|
||||
of any of the rows in that section, you may need to update the bounding box for
|
||||
that section.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbComputeSectionBounds
|
||||
examines all the rows of the
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
If you add or delete a row to or from a section, or if you change the geometry
|
||||
of any of the rows in that section, you may need to update the bounding box for
|
||||
that section.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbComputeSectionBounds
|
||||
examines all the rows of the
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
and updates the bounding box of that section so that it contains all rows.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeSectionBounds
|
||||
.I XkbComputeSectionBounds
|
||||
returns False if any of the arguments is NULL; otherwise, it returns True.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,28 +34,28 @@ XkbComputeShapeBounds \- Updates the bounding box of a shape
|
|||
shape to be examined
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of convenience functions to help use a keyboard geometry. These include
|
||||
functions to return the bounding box of a shape's top surface and to update the bounding box
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of convenience functions to help use a keyboard geometry. These include
|
||||
functions to return the bounding box of a shape's top surface and to update the bounding box
|
||||
of a shape row or section.
|
||||
|
||||
A shape is made up of a number of outlines. Each outline is a polygon made up of a number of
|
||||
points. The bounding box of a shape is a rectangle that contains all the outlines of that
|
||||
shape.
|
||||
A shape is made up of a number of outlines. Each outline is a polygon made up of a number of
|
||||
points. The bounding box of a shape is a rectangle that contains all the outlines of that
|
||||
shape.
|
||||
|
||||
A ShapeRec contains a BoundsRec that describes the bounds of the shape. If you add or delete
|
||||
A ShapeRec contains a BoundsRec that describes the bounds of the shape. If you add or delete
|
||||
an outline to or from a shape, the bounding box must be updated.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeBounds
|
||||
updates the BoundsRec contained in the
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
by examining all the outlines of the shape and setting the BoundsRec to the minimum x and
|
||||
minimum y, and maximum x and maximum y values found in those outlines.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeBounds
|
||||
returns False if
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeBounds
|
||||
updates the BoundsRec contained in the
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
by examining all the outlines of the shape and setting the BoundsRec to the minimum x and
|
||||
minimum y, and maximum x and maximum y values found in those outlines.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeBounds
|
||||
returns False if
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
is NULL or if there are no outlines for the shape; otherwise, it returns True.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add or delete a key to or from a row, or if you update the shape of one of the keys in that row, you may need to update the bounding box of that row. To update the bounding box of a row, use
|
||||
If you add or delete a key to or from a row, or if you update the shape of one of the keys in that row, you may need to update the bounding box of that row. To update the bounding box of a row, use
|
||||
.I XkbComputeRowBounds.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,30 +38,30 @@ shape to be examined
|
|||
backfilled with the bounding box for the shape
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of convenience functions to help use a keyboard geometry.
|
||||
These include functions to return the bounding box of a shape's top surface and
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of convenience functions to help use a keyboard geometry.
|
||||
These include functions to return the bounding box of a shape's top surface and
|
||||
to update the bounding box of a shape row or section.
|
||||
|
||||
A shape is made up of a number of outlines. Each outline is a polygon made up of
|
||||
a number of points. The bounding box of a shape is a rectangle that contains all
|
||||
the outlines of that shape.
|
||||
A shape is made up of a number of outlines. Each outline is a polygon made up of
|
||||
a number of points. The bounding box of a shape is a rectangle that contains all
|
||||
the outlines of that shape.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeTop
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeTop
|
||||
returns a BoundsRec that contains two x and y coordinates. These coordinates
|
||||
describe the corners of a rectangle that contains the outline that describes the
|
||||
top surface of the shape. The top surface is defined to be the approximating
|
||||
outline if the
|
||||
.I approx
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
is not NULL. If
|
||||
.I approx
|
||||
is NULL, the top surface is defined as the last outline in the
|
||||
.I shape's
|
||||
array of outlines.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeTop
|
||||
returns False if
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
describe the corners of a rectangle that contains the outline that describes the
|
||||
top surface of the shape. The top surface is defined to be the approximating
|
||||
outline if the
|
||||
.I approx
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
is not NULL. If
|
||||
.I approx
|
||||
is NULL, the top surface is defined as the last outline in the
|
||||
.I shape's
|
||||
array of outlines.
|
||||
.I XkbComputeShapeTop
|
||||
returns False if
|
||||
.I shape
|
||||
is NULL or if there are no outlines for the shape; otherwise, it returns True.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -38,43 +38,43 @@ pointer to XkbKeyTypeRec to be copied
|
|||
pointer to XkbKeyTypeRec to be changed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
copies the key type specified by
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to the key type specified by
|
||||
.I into.
|
||||
Both must point to legal XkbKeyTypeRec structures. Xkb assumes
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
point to different places. As a result, overlaps can be fatal.
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
frees any existing
|
||||
.I map, preserve,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I level_names
|
||||
in
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
prior to copying. If any allocation errors occur while copying
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into, XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
returns BadAlloc. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
copies
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
and returns Success.
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
copies the key type specified by
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to the key type specified by
|
||||
.I into.
|
||||
Both must point to legal XkbKeyTypeRec structures. Xkb assumes
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
point to different places. As a result, overlaps can be fatal.
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
frees any existing
|
||||
.I map, preserve,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I level_names
|
||||
in
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
prior to copying. If any allocation errors occur while copying
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into, XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
returns BadAlloc. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
copies
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
and returns Success.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Key types are used to determine the shift level of a key given the current state of the
|
||||
Key types are used to determine the shift level of a key given the current state of the
|
||||
keyboard. The set of all possible key types for the Xkb keyboard description are held in the
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
field of the client map, whose total size is stored in
|
||||
.I size_types,
|
||||
and whose total number of valid entries is stored in
|
||||
.I num_types.
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
field of the client map, whose total size is stored in
|
||||
.I size_types,
|
||||
and whose total number of valid entries is stored in
|
||||
.I num_types.
|
||||
Key types are defined using the following structure:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,55 +42,55 @@ pointer to array of XkbKeyTypeRecs to change
|
|||
number of types to copy
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyTypes
|
||||
copies
|
||||
.I num_types
|
||||
XkbKeyTypeRec structures from the array specified by
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
into the array specified by
|
||||
.I into.
|
||||
It is intended for copying between, rather than within, keyboard descriptions,
|
||||
so it
|
||||
doesn't check for overlaps. The same rules that apply to the
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
parameters in
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
apply to each entry of the
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
arrays of
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyTypes.
|
||||
If any allocation errors occur while copying
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into, XkbCopyKeyTypes
|
||||
returns BadAlloc. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyTypes
|
||||
copies
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyTypes
|
||||
copies
|
||||
.I num_types
|
||||
XkbKeyTypeRec structures from the array specified by
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
into the array specified by
|
||||
.I into.
|
||||
It is intended for copying between, rather than within, keyboard descriptions,
|
||||
so it
|
||||
doesn't check for overlaps. The same rules that apply to the
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
parameters in
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyType
|
||||
apply to each entry of the
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
arrays of
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyTypes.
|
||||
If any allocation errors occur while copying
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into, XkbCopyKeyTypes
|
||||
returns BadAlloc. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbCopyKeyTypes
|
||||
copies
|
||||
.I from
|
||||
to
|
||||
.I into
|
||||
and returns Success.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbCopyKeyTypes function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbCopyKeyTypes function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Key types are used to determine the shift level of a key given the current state
|
||||
of the
|
||||
keyboard. The set of all possible key types for the Xkb keyboard description are
|
||||
held in
|
||||
Key types are used to determine the shift level of a key given the current state
|
||||
of the
|
||||
keyboard. The set of all possible key types for the Xkb keyboard description are
|
||||
held in
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
field of the client map, whose total size is stored in
|
||||
.I size_types,
|
||||
and whose total number of valid entries is stored in
|
||||
.I num_types.
|
||||
.I types
|
||||
field of the client map, whose total size is stored in
|
||||
.I size_types,
|
||||
and whose total number of valid entries is stored in
|
||||
.I num_types.
|
||||
Key types are defined using the following structure:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -59,14 +59,14 @@ bell volume, from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
|||
a name for the bell, or NULL
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
|
|
@ -74,44 +74,44 @@ The default bell
|
|||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id pair
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated with
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated with
|
||||
the name.)
|
||||
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of the
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of the
|
||||
bell types previously listed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate feedback
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate feedback
|
||||
different from the default bell.
|
||||
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
In this case the server does not generate a bell event.
|
||||
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations that
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations that
|
||||
generate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Names
|
||||
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event containing the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does generate
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event containing the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in the Table 1
|
||||
; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have requested to
|
||||
; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have requested to
|
||||
receive XkbBellNotify events.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -143,42 +143,42 @@ StickyKeys key unlocked AX_StickyUnlock
|
|||
|
||||
Audible Bells
|
||||
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio client
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio client
|
||||
could then send a request to an audio server to play a sound.
|
||||
|
||||
You can control the audible bells feature by passing the XkbAudibleBellMask to
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible bells are also part of the per-client auto-reset controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Functions
|
||||
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell events.
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell events.
|
||||
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell feedback
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell feedback
|
||||
and keyboard feedback. Some of the functions in this section have
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
The Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
The Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
to be generated when a bell function is called.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ l l l l
|
|||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Bell Sounding and Bell Event Generating
|
||||
_
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbDeviceBell On Yes Yes
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,58 +200,58 @@ XkbDeviceForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
|||
XkbForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
Set
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
Set
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
to be the volume relative to the base volume for the keyboard as described for .I XBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
indicate the bell to physically ring.
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
Note that
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
indicate the bell to physically ring.
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
is simply an arbitrary moniker for the client application's use.
|
||||
|
||||
To determine the current feedback settings of an extension input device, use
|
||||
.I XGetFeedbackControl.
|
||||
To determine the current feedback settings of an extension input device, use
|
||||
.I XGetFeedbackControl.
|
||||
See the X input extension documentation for more information on
|
||||
.I XGetFeedbackControl
|
||||
.I XGetFeedbackControl
|
||||
and related data structures.
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension is not present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
rings the bell as specified for the display and keyboard device and returns True. If you have disabled the audible bell, the server does not ring the system bell, although it does generate a
|
||||
.I XkbBellNotify
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension is not present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
rings the bell as specified for the display and keyboard device and returns True. If you have disabled the audible bell, the server does not ring the system bell, although it does generate a
|
||||
.I XkbBellNotify
|
||||
event.
|
||||
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBell
|
||||
without first initializing the keyboard extension.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying XkbAllBellEventsMask in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
|||
Window window; /\&* window associated with event */
|
||||
Bool event_only; /\&* False -> the server did not produce a beep */
|
||||
} XkbBellNotifyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it receives
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it receives
|
||||
a bell event, use the window ID in the XkbBellNotifyEvent, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbDeviceBellEvent __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbDeviceBellEvent \- Creates a bell event for an X input extension device or
|
||||
XkbDeviceBellEvent \- Creates a bell event for an X input extension device or
|
||||
for the keyboard, without ringing the corresponding bell
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ event window, or None
|
|||
device ID, or XkbUseCoreKbd
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
input extension bell class for the event
|
||||
input extension bell class for the event
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
input extension bell ID for the event
|
||||
input extension bell ID for the event
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
volume for the bell, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
||||
|
|
@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ volume for the bell, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
|||
a bell name, or NULL
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell with
|
||||
a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event whenever
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to
|
||||
any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell with
|
||||
a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event whenever
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to
|
||||
any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,59 +78,59 @@ The default bell
|
|||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id pair
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of
|
||||
view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated
|
||||
with
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of
|
||||
view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated
|
||||
with
|
||||
the name.)
|
||||
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default
|
||||
bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of the
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default
|
||||
bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of the
|
||||
bell types previously listed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that replaces
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate feedback
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that replaces
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate feedback
|
||||
different from the default bell.
|
||||
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions
|
||||
that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions
|
||||
that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
In this case the server does not generate a bell event.
|
||||
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations that
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes. The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations that
|
||||
generate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Names
|
||||
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an
|
||||
Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an
|
||||
event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there is
|
||||
no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event containing
|
||||
the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in the
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an
|
||||
Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an
|
||||
event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there is
|
||||
no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event containing
|
||||
the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in the
|
||||
Table 1
|
||||
below; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have requested to
|
||||
below; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have requested to
|
||||
receive XkbBellNotify events.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -162,49 +162,49 @@ StickyKeys key unlocked AX_StickyUnlock
|
|||
|
||||
Audible Bells
|
||||
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell.
|
||||
This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and
|
||||
then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio
|
||||
client
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell.
|
||||
This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and
|
||||
then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio
|
||||
client
|
||||
could then send a request to an audio server to play a sound.
|
||||
|
||||
You can control the audible bells feature by passing the XkbAudibleBellMask to
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible bells are also part of the per-client auto-reset controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Functions
|
||||
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
and keyboard feedback. Some of the functions in this section have
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
to be generated when a bell function is called.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ l l l l
|
|||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Bell Sounding and Bell Event Generating
|
||||
_
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbDeviceBell On Yes Yes
|
||||
|
|
@ -226,59 +226,59 @@ XkbDeviceForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
|||
XkbForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
causes an XkbBellNotify event to be sent to all interested clients and returns
|
||||
True. Set
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
to be the volume relative to the base volume for the keyboard as described for
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
causes an XkbBellNotify event to be sent to all interested clients and returns
|
||||
True. Set
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
to be the volume relative to the base volume for the keyboard as described for
|
||||
.I XBell.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
may generate Atom protocol errors as well as XkbBellNotify events. You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
In addition,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
may generate Atom protocol errors as well as XkbBellNotify events. You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
without first initializing the keyboard extension.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
True
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
sends an XkbBellNotify event to to all interested clients and returns
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
sends an XkbBellNotify event to to all interested clients and returns
|
||||
True.
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
False
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbDeviceBellEvent
|
||||
immediately returns False
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass XkbBellNotifyMask
|
||||
in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass XkbBellNotifyMask
|
||||
in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying XkbAllBellEventsMask in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
||||
|
|
@ -301,10 +301,10 @@ The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
|||
Window window; /\&* window associated with event */
|
||||
Bool event_only; /\&* False -> the server did not produce a beep */
|
||||
} XkbBellNotifyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
a bell event, use the window ID in the XkbBellNotifyEvent, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbFindOverlayForKey __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbFindOverlayForKey \- Find the alternate name by using the primary name for a
|
||||
XkbFindOverlayForKey \- Find the alternate name by using the primary name for a
|
||||
key that is part of an overlay
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ section to be searched for matching keys
|
|||
primary name of the key to be considered
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Keys that can generate multiple keycodes may be associated with multiple names.
|
||||
Keys that can generate multiple keycodes may be associated with multiple names.
|
||||
Such keys have a primary name and an alternate name.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbFindOverlayForKey
|
||||
uses the primary name of the key,
|
||||
.I XkbFindOverlayForKey
|
||||
uses the primary name of the key,
|
||||
.I under,
|
||||
to look up the alternate name, which it returns.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbForceBell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbForceBell \- Overrides user preference settings for audible bells to ring the
|
||||
XkbForceBell \- Overrides user preference settings for audible bells to ring the
|
||||
bell on the default keyboard
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ connection to the X server
|
|||
volume for the bell, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients
|
||||
to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event whenever
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to
|
||||
any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients
|
||||
to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event whenever
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to
|
||||
any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
|
|
@ -59,61 +59,61 @@ The default bell
|
|||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id pair
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of
|
||||
view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated
|
||||
with
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of
|
||||
view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated
|
||||
with
|
||||
the name.)
|
||||
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default
|
||||
bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of
|
||||
the
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default
|
||||
bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of
|
||||
the
|
||||
bell types previously listed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that replaces
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate feedback
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that replaces
|
||||
the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate feedback
|
||||
different from the default bell.
|
||||
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions
|
||||
that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions
|
||||
that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
In this case the server does not generate a bell event.
|
||||
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes.
|
||||
The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations that
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or
|
||||
repeating, Xkb can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes.
|
||||
The
|
||||
AccessXFeedback control is used to configure the specific types of operations that
|
||||
generate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
.B Bell Names
|
||||
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an
|
||||
Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an
|
||||
event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there
|
||||
is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event containing
|
||||
the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in the
|
||||
Table 1; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have requested to
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an
|
||||
Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an
|
||||
event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in
|
||||
receiving XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there
|
||||
is no
|
||||
binding to any sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the
|
||||
screen)
|
||||
must be generated by a client application upon receipt of the bell event containing
|
||||
the
|
||||
name. There is no default name for the default keyboard bell. The server does
|
||||
generate
|
||||
some predefined bells for the AccessX controls. These named bells are shown in the
|
||||
Table 1; the name is included in any bell event sent to clients that have requested to
|
||||
receive XkbBellNotify events.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -145,50 +145,50 @@ StickyKeys key unlocked AX_StickyUnlock
|
|||
|
||||
.B Audible Bells
|
||||
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell.
|
||||
This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and
|
||||
then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio
|
||||
client
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell.
|
||||
This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For
|
||||
example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and
|
||||
then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio
|
||||
client
|
||||
could then send a request to an audio server to play a sound.
|
||||
|
||||
You can control the audible bells feature by passing the XkbAudibleBellMask to
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event
|
||||
occurs. This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event
|
||||
occurs,
|
||||
the server does not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible bells are also part of the per-client auto-reset controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Functions
|
||||
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell
|
||||
events.
|
||||
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
and keyboard feedback. Some of the functions in this section have
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback
|
||||
of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback
|
||||
of
|
||||
each type; set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent to be generated when a bell function is
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent to be generated when a bell function is
|
||||
called.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ l l l l
|
|||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Bell Sounding and Bell Event Generating
|
||||
_
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbDeviceBell On Yes Yes
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,72 +211,72 @@ XkbForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
|||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
and returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I percent, device_spec
|
||||
=XkbUseCoreKbd,
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
= XkbDfltXIClass,
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
= XkbDfltXIId,
|
||||
.I window
|
||||
= None, and
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
= NULL, and returns what
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
and returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
calls
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
with the specified
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I percent, device_spec
|
||||
=XkbUseCoreKbd,
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
= XkbDfltXIClass,
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
= XkbDfltXIId,
|
||||
.I window
|
||||
= None, and
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
= NULL, and returns what
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
returns.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
does not cause an XkbBellNotify event.
|
||||
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
without first initializing the keyboard extension.
|
||||
.SH "RETURNS VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
False
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell
|
||||
function returns False when a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying XkbAllBellEventsMask in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,10 +299,10 @@ The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
|||
Window window; /\&* window associated with event */
|
||||
Bool event_only; /\&* False -> the server did not produce a beep */
|
||||
} XkbBellNotifyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
a bell event, use the window ID in the XkbBellNotifyEvent, if present.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbForceDeviceBell __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbForceDeviceBell \- Rings the bell on any keyboard, overriding user preference
|
||||
XkbForceDeviceBell \- Rings the bell on any keyboard, overriding user preference
|
||||
settings for audible bells
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,27 +47,27 @@ event window, or None
|
|||
device ID, or XkbUseCoreKbd
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
input extension class of the bell to be rung
|
||||
input extension class of the bell to be rung
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
input extension ID of the bell to be rung
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
relative volume, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
||||
relative volume, which can range from -100 to 100 inclusive
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients
|
||||
to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event
|
||||
whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to
|
||||
any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
The core X protocol allows only applications to explicitly sound the system bell
|
||||
with a
|
||||
given duration, pitch, and volume. Xkb extends this capability by allowing clients
|
||||
to
|
||||
attach symbolic names to bells, disable audible bells, and receive an event
|
||||
whenever the
|
||||
keyboard bell is rung. For the purposes of this document, the
|
||||
.I audible
|
||||
bell is defined to be the system bell, or the default keyboard bell, as opposed to
|
||||
any
|
||||
other audible sound generated elsewhere in the system.
|
||||
You can ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when any client rings any one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,53 +75,53 @@ The default bell
|
|||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell on an input device that can be specified by a bell_class and bell_id pair
|
||||
.IP \(bu 5
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of
|
||||
view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated
|
||||
with
|
||||
Any bell specified only by an arbitrary name. (This is, from the server's point of
|
||||
view,
|
||||
merely a name, and not connected with any physical sound-generating device. Some
|
||||
client
|
||||
application must generate the sound, or visual feedback, if any, that is associated
|
||||
with
|
||||
the name.)
|
||||
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default
|
||||
bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of
|
||||
the
|
||||
You can also ask to receive XkbBellNotify events when the server rings the default
|
||||
bell
|
||||
or if any client has requested events only (without the bell sounding) for any of
|
||||
the
|
||||
bell types previously listed.
|
||||
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that
|
||||
replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
You can disable audible bells on a global basis. For example, a client that
|
||||
replaces the
|
||||
keyboard bell with some other audible cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell
|
||||
control
|
||||
to prevent the server from also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If you
|
||||
disable
|
||||
audible bells and request to receive XkbBellNotify events, you can generate
|
||||
feedback
|
||||
different from the default bell.
|
||||
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions
|
||||
that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
You can, however, override the AudibleBell control by calling one of the functions
|
||||
that
|
||||
force the ringing of a bell in spite of the setting of the AudibleBell control -
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
In this case the server does not generate a bell event.
|
||||
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or repeating, Xkb
|
||||
can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes. The AccessXFeedback control
|
||||
Just as some keyboards can produce keyclicks to indicate when a key is pressed or repeating, Xkb
|
||||
can provide feedback for the controls by using special beep codes. The AccessXFeedback control
|
||||
is used to configure the specific types of operations that generate feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Names
|
||||
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in receiving
|
||||
XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there is no binding to any
|
||||
sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the screen) must be generated by a
|
||||
client application upon receipt of the bell event containing the name. There is no default name
|
||||
for the default keyboard bell. The server does generate some predefined bells for the AccessX
|
||||
controls. These named bells are shown in Table 1; the name is included in any bell event sent to
|
||||
You can associate a name to an act of ringing a bell by converting the name to an Atom
|
||||
and then using this name when you call the functions listed in this chapter. If an event
|
||||
is generated as a result, the name is then passed to all other clients interested in receiving
|
||||
XkbBellNotify events. Note that these are arbitrary names and that there is no binding to any
|
||||
sounds. Any sounds or other effects (such as visual bells on the screen) must be generated by a
|
||||
client application upon receipt of the bell event containing the name. There is no default name
|
||||
for the default keyboard bell. The server does generate some predefined bells for the AccessX
|
||||
controls. These named bells are shown in Table 1; the name is included in any bell event sent to
|
||||
clients that have requested to receive XkbBellNotify events.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,42 +153,42 @@ StickyKeys key unlocked AX_StickyUnlock
|
|||
|
||||
Audible Bells
|
||||
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio client could
|
||||
Using Xkb you can generate bell events that do not necessarily ring the system bell. This
|
||||
is useful if you need to use an audio server instead of the system beep. For example,
|
||||
when an audio client starts, it could disable the audible bell (the system bell) and then
|
||||
listen for XkbBellNotify events. When it receives a XkbBellNotify event, the audio client could
|
||||
then send a request to an audio server to play a sound.
|
||||
|
||||
You can control the audible bells feature by passing the XkbAudibleBellMask to
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event occurs.
|
||||
This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event occurs, the server does
|
||||
not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbChangeEnabledControls.
|
||||
If you set XkbAudibleBellMask on, the server rings the system bell when a bell event occurs.
|
||||
This is the default. If you set XkbAudibleBellMask off and a bell event occurs, the server does
|
||||
not ring the system bell unless you call
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
|
||||
Audible bells are also part of the per-client auto-reset controls.
|
||||
|
||||
Bell Functions
|
||||
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell events.
|
||||
Use the functions described in this section to ring bells and to generate bell events.
|
||||
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell feedback and
|
||||
The input extension has two types of feedbacks that can generate bells - bell feedback and
|
||||
keyboard feedback. Some of the functions in this section have
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback of each type;
|
||||
set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
parameters; set them as follows: Set
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
to BellFeedbackClass or KbdFeedbackClass. A device can have more than one feedback of each type;
|
||||
set
|
||||
.I bell_id
|
||||
to the particular bell feedback of
|
||||
.I bell_class
|
||||
type.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent to be generated
|
||||
Table 2 shows the conditions that cause a bell to sound or an XkbBellNotifyEvent to be generated
|
||||
when a bell function is called.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ l l l l
|
|||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 2 Bell Sounding and Bell Event Generating
|
||||
_
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
Function called AudibleBell Server sounds a bell Server sends an
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyEvent
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbDeviceBell On Yes Yes
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,51 +211,51 @@ XkbForceBell On or Off Yes No
|
|||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
rings the bell as specified for the display and keyboard device and returns
|
||||
True. Set
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
If a compatible keyboard extension isn't present in the X server,
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
immediately returns False. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
rings the bell as specified for the display and keyboard device and returns
|
||||
True. Set
|
||||
.I percent
|
||||
to be the volume relative to the base volume for the keyboard as described for
|
||||
.I XBell.
|
||||
|
||||
There is no
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
parameter because
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
There is no
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
parameter because
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
does not cause an XkbBellNotify event.
|
||||
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
You can call
|
||||
.I XkbBell
|
||||
without first initializing the keyboard extension.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
Xkb generates XkbBellNotify events for all bells except for those resulting from
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
.I XkbForceDeviceBell
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbForceBell.
|
||||
To receive XkbBellNotify events under all possible conditions, pass
|
||||
XkbBellNotifyMask in
|
||||
both the
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
parameters to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
The XkbBellNotify event has no event details. It is either selected or it is not.
|
||||
However, you can call
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbBellNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying XkbAllBellEventsMask in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
This has the same effect as a call to
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents.
|
||||
|
||||
The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,10 +278,10 @@ The structure for the XkbBellNotify event type contains:
|
|||
Window window; /\&* window associated with event */
|
||||
Bool event_only; /\&* False -> the server did not produce a beep */
|
||||
} XkbBellNotifyEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If your application needs to generate visual bell feedback on the screen when it
|
||||
receives
|
||||
a bell event, use the window ID in the XkbBellNotifyEvent, if present.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XBell (__libmansuffix__),
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbFreeClientMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbFreeClientMap \- Free memory used by the client map member of an XkbDescRec
|
||||
XkbFreeClientMap \- Free memory used by the client map member of an XkbDescRec
|
||||
structure
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,32 +41,32 @@ keyboard description containing client map to free
|
|||
mask identifying components of map to free
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => free all client components and map itself
|
||||
True => free all client components and map itself
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbFreeClientMap
|
||||
frees the components of client map specified by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
in the XkbDescRec structure specified by the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.I XkbFreeClientMap
|
||||
frees the components of client map specified by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
in the XkbDescRec structure specified by the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter and sets the corresponding structure component values to NULL. The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter specifies a combination of the client map masks shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is ignored;
|
||||
.I XkbFreeClientMap
|
||||
frees every non-NULL structure component in the client map, frees the
|
||||
XkbClientMapRec
|
||||
structure referenced by the
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
member of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, and sets the
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is ignored;
|
||||
.I XkbFreeClientMap
|
||||
frees every non-NULL structure component in the client map, frees the
|
||||
XkbClientMapRec
|
||||
structure referenced by the
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
member of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, and sets the
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
member to NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,42 +78,42 @@ _
|
|||
Mask Effect
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbKeyTypesMask T{
|
||||
The type_count field specifies the number of entries to preallocate for the
|
||||
types field of the client map. If the type_count field is less than
|
||||
The type_count field specifies the number of entries to preallocate for the
|
||||
types field of the client map. If the type_count field is less than
|
||||
XkbNumRequiredTypes returns BadValue.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbKeySymsMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the syms and key_sym_map fields of the client map. The fields are
|
||||
allocated to contain the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code -
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the syms and key_sym_map fields of the client map. The fields are
|
||||
allocated to contain the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code -
|
||||
min_key_code + 1 keys.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbModifierMapMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the modmap field of the client map. The field is allocated to contain
|
||||
the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code - min_key_code + 1
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the modmap field of the client map. The field is allocated to contain
|
||||
the maximum number of entries necessary for max_key_code - min_key_code + 1
|
||||
keys.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be legal values if the XkbKeySymsMask or XkbModifierMapMask masks
|
||||
are set in the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter. If they are not valid,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
returns BadValue.
|
||||
NOTE: The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be legal values if the XkbKeySymsMask or XkbModifierMapMask masks
|
||||
are set in the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter. If they are not valid,
|
||||
.I XkbAllocClientMap
|
||||
returns BadValue.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The complete description of an Xkb keyboard is given by an XkbDescRec. The
|
||||
component
|
||||
The complete description of an Xkb keyboard is given by an XkbDescRec. The
|
||||
component
|
||||
structures in the XkbDescRec represent the major Xkb components.
|
||||
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,27 +133,27 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
} XkbDescRec, *XkbDescPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
field points to an X display structure. The
|
||||
.I flags field is private to the library: modifying
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
may yield unpredictable results. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field specifies the device identifier of the keyboard input device, or
|
||||
XkbUseCoreKeyboard, which specifies the core keyboard device. The
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
field points to an X display structure. The
|
||||
.I flags field is private to the library: modifying
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
may yield unpredictable results. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field specifies the device identifier of the keyboard input device, or
|
||||
XkbUseCoreKeyboard, which specifies the core keyboard device. The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields specify the least and greatest keycode that can be returned by the
|
||||
keyboard.
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields specify the least and greatest keycode that can be returned by the
|
||||
keyboard.
|
||||
|
||||
Each structure component has a corresponding mask bit that is used in function
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
indicate that the structure should be manipulated in some manner, such as
|
||||
allocating it
|
||||
or freeing it. These masks and their relationships to the fields in the
|
||||
XkbDescRec are
|
||||
Each structure component has a corresponding mask bit that is used in function
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
indicate that the structure should be manipulated in some manner, such as
|
||||
allocating it
|
||||
or freeing it. These masks and their relationships to the fields in the
|
||||
XkbDescRec are
|
||||
shown in Table 2.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -174,13 +174,13 @@ XkbGeometryMask geom (1L<<6)
|
|||
XkbAllComponentsMask All Fields (0x7f)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
field of the complete Xkb keyboard description is a pointer to the Xkb client
|
||||
map, which is
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
field of the complete Xkb keyboard description is a pointer to the Xkb client
|
||||
map, which is
|
||||
of type XkbClientMapRec:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct { /\&* Client Map */
|
||||
unsigned char size_types; /\&* # occupied entries in types */
|
||||
unsigned char num_types; /\&* # entries in types */
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ mask of compatibility map components to free
|
|||
True => free XkbCompatMap structure itself
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
specifies the compatibility map components to be freed (see XkbGetCompatMap).
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
specifies the compatibility map components to be freed (see XkbGetCompatMap).
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is an inclusive OR of the bits shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -60,15 +60,15 @@ XkbGroupCompatMask (1<<1) Group maps
|
|||
XkbAllCompatMask (0x3) All compatibility map components
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
.I free_map
|
||||
indicates whether the XkbCompatMap structure itself should be freed. If
|
||||
.I free_map
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is ignored, all non-NULL compatibility map components are freed, and the
|
||||
.I compat
|
||||
field in the XkbDescRec referenced by
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.I free_map
|
||||
indicates whether the XkbCompatMap structure itself should be freed. If
|
||||
.I free_map
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is ignored, all non-NULL compatibility map components are freed, and the
|
||||
.I compat
|
||||
field in the XkbDescRec referenced by
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is set to NULL.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ is set to NULL.
|
|||
unsigned short num_si; /\&* # structures used in sym_interpret */
|
||||
unsigned short size_si; /\&* # structures allocated in sym_interpret */
|
||||
} XkbCompatMapRec, *XkbCompatMapPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
|
||||
The complete description of an Xkb keyboard is given by an XkbDescRec. The component
|
||||
The complete description of an Xkb keyboard is given by an XkbDescRec. The component
|
||||
structures in the XkbDescRec represent the major Xkb components outlined in Figure 1.1.
|
||||
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,22 +103,22 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
} XkbDescRec, *XkbDescPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
field points to an X display structure. The
|
||||
.I flags field is private to the library: modifying
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
may yield unpredictable results. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field specifies the device identifier of the keyboard input device, or
|
||||
XkbUseCoreKeyboard, which specifies the core keyboard device. The
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
field points to an X display structure. The
|
||||
.I flags field is private to the library: modifying
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
may yield unpredictable results. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field specifies the device identifier of the keyboard input device, or
|
||||
XkbUseCoreKeyboard, which specifies the core keyboard device. The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields specify the least and greatest keycode that can be returned by the keyboard.
|
||||
The other fields specify structure components of the keyboard description and are
|
||||
described in detail in other sections of this document. Table 2 identifies the
|
||||
subsequent sections of this document that discuss the individual components of the
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields specify the least and greatest keycode that can be returned by the keyboard.
|
||||
The other fields specify structure components of the keyboard description and are
|
||||
described in detail in other sections of this document. Table 2 identifies the
|
||||
subsequent sections of this document that discuss the individual components of the
|
||||
XkbDescRec.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ compat Chapter 17
|
|||
geom Chapter 13
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
Each structure component has a corresponding mask bit that is used in function calls to
|
||||
indicate that the structure should be manipulated in some manner, such as allocating it
|
||||
or freeing it. These masks and their relationships to the fields in the XkbDescRec are
|
||||
Each structure component has a corresponding mask bit that is used in function calls to
|
||||
indicate that the structure should be manipulated in some manner, such as allocating it
|
||||
or freeing it. These masks and their relationships to the fields in the XkbDescRec are
|
||||
shown in Table 3.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ l l l.
|
|||
Table 3 Mask Bits for XkbDescRec
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit XkbDescRec Field Value
|
||||
_
|
||||
_
|
||||
XkbControlsMask ctrls (1L<<0)
|
||||
XkbServerMapMask server (1L<<1)
|
||||
XkbIClientMapMask map (1L<<2)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbFreeComponentList __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbFreeComponentList \- Free the structure returned by
|
||||
XkbFreeComponentList \- Free the structure returned by
|
||||
.I XkbListComponents
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ XkbFreeComponentList \- Free the structure returned by
|
|||
pointer to XkbComponentListRec to free
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
When you are done using the structure returned by
|
||||
.I XkbListComponents,
|
||||
free it using
|
||||
When you are done using the structure returned by
|
||||
.I XkbListComponents,
|
||||
free it using
|
||||
.I XkbFreeComponentList.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbListComponents (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,34 +43,34 @@ mask of components of ctrls to free
|
|||
True => free everything + ctrls itself
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbFreeControls
|
||||
frees the specified components of the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
keyboard description and sets the corresponding structure component values to NULL or zero. The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask specifies the fields of
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
.I XkbFreeControls
|
||||
frees the specified components of the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
keyboard description and sets the corresponding structure component values to NULL or zero. The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask specifies the fields of
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
to be freed and can contain any of the controls components specified in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s s
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 1 Controls Mask Bits
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit which or enabled Value
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,20 +94,20 @@ XkbInternalModsMask ok (1L<<28)
|
|||
XkbIgnoreLockModsMask ok (1L<<29)
|
||||
XkbPerKeyRepeatMask ok (1L<<30)
|
||||
XkbControlsEnabledMask ok (1L<<31)
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXFeedbackMask)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllControlsMask ok (0xF8001FFF)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeControls
|
||||
frees every non-NULL structure component in the controls, frees the XkbControlsRec structure referenced by the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
member of
|
||||
.I xkb,
|
||||
and sets
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeControls
|
||||
frees every non-NULL structure component in the controls, frees the XkbControlsRec structure referenced by the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
member of
|
||||
.I xkb,
|
||||
and sets
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
to NULL.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,81 +43,81 @@ mask of components of device_info to free
|
|||
True => free everything, including device_info
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, the
|
||||
.I XkbFreeDeviceInfo
|
||||
frees all components of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
and the XkbDeviceInfoRec structure pointed to by
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
itself. If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is False, the value of
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
determines which subcomponents are freed.
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is an inclusive OR of one or more of the values from Table 1. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_ButtonActionsMask, all button actions associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are freed,
|
||||
.I device_info->btn_acts
|
||||
is set to NULL, and
|
||||
.I device_info->num_btns
|
||||
is set to zero. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains all bits in XkbXI_IndicatorsMask, all XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structures associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are freed,
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
is set to NULL, and
|
||||
.I device_info->sz_leds
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I device_info->num_leds
|
||||
are set to zero. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, all indicator maps associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are cleared, but the number of LEDs and the leds structures themselves is preserved. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, the
|
||||
.I XkbFreeDeviceInfo
|
||||
frees all components of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
and the XkbDeviceInfoRec structure pointed to by
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
itself. If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is False, the value of
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
determines which subcomponents are freed.
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is an inclusive OR of one or more of the values from Table 1. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_ButtonActionsMask, all button actions associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are freed,
|
||||
.I device_info->btn_acts
|
||||
is set to NULL, and
|
||||
.I device_info->num_btns
|
||||
is set to zero. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains all bits in XkbXI_IndicatorsMask, all XkbDeviceLedInfoRec structures associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are freed,
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
is set to NULL, and
|
||||
.I device_info->sz_leds
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I device_info->num_leds
|
||||
are set to zero. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, all indicator maps associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are cleared, but the number of LEDs and the leds structures themselves is preserved. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask, all indicator names associated with
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are cleared, but the number of LEDs and the leds structures themselves is preserved. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
are cleared, but the number of LEDs and the leds structures themselves is preserved. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask, the indicator state associated with the
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
leds are set to zeros but the number of LEDs and the leds structures themselves is preserved.
|
||||
.bp
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
Table 1 XkbDeviceInfoRec Mask Bits
|
||||
Table 1 XkbDeviceInfoRec Mask Bits
|
||||
____________________________________________________________________________________
|
||||
Name XkbDeviceInfoRec Value Capability If Set
|
||||
Fields Effected
|
||||
Fields Effected
|
||||
____________________________________________________________________________________
|
||||
XkbXI_KeyboardsMask (1L <<0) Clients can use all
|
||||
Xkb requests and events
|
||||
with KeyClass devices
|
||||
with KeyClass devices
|
||||
supported by the input
|
||||
device extension.
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_ButtonActionsMask num_btns (1L <<1) Clients can assign key
|
||||
btn_acts actions to buttons
|
||||
XkbXI_ButtonActionsMask num_btns (1L <<1) Clients can assign key
|
||||
btn_acts actions to buttons
|
||||
non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask leds->names (1L <<2) Clients can assign
|
||||
names to indicators on
|
||||
non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask leds->maps (1L <<3) Clients can assign
|
||||
indicator maps to
|
||||
indicators on
|
||||
indicators on
|
||||
non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask leds->state (1L <<4) Clients can request
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask leds->state (1L <<4) Clients can request
|
||||
the status of indicators
|
||||
on non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ XkbXI_UnsupportedFeaturesMask unsupported (1L <<15)
|
|||
|
||||
XkbXI_AllDeviceFeaturesMask Those selected (0x1e) XkbXI_IndicatorsMask |
|
||||
by Value Column XkbSI_ButtonActionsMask
|
||||
masks
|
||||
masks
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_AllFeaturesMask Those selected (0x1f) XkbSI_AllDeviceFeaturesMask |
|
||||
by Value Column XkbSI_KeyboardsMask
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ XkbXI_AllDetailsMask Those selected (0x801f) XkbXI_AllFeaturesMask |
|
|||
.fi
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb
|
||||
extension in an XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
unsigned short dflt_led_fb; /\&* input extension ID of default indicator feedback */
|
||||
XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr leds; /\&* LED descriptions */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceInfoRec, *XkbDeviceInfoPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
unsigned short led_class; /\&* class for this LED device*/
|
||||
unsigned short led_id; /\&* ID for this LED device */
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,4 +173,4 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
XkbIndicatorMapRec maps; /\&* indicator maps for each LED */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceLedInfoRec, *XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ XkbFreeGeomColors \- Free geometry colors
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
geometry in which colors should be freed
|
||||
geometry in which colors should be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
first color to be freed
|
||||
first color to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
number of colors to be freed
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,30 +46,30 @@ number of colors to be freed
|
|||
True => all colors are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all colors are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all colors are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
colors are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
colors are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ XkbFreeGeomDoodads \- Free geometry doodads
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I doodads
|
||||
doodads to be freed
|
||||
doodads to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
number of doodads to be freed
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,32 +42,32 @@ number of doodads to be freed
|
|||
True => all doodads are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all doodads in the array are freed, regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all doodads in the array are freed, regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
doodads are freed.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomDoodads function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomDoodads function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -46,39 +46,39 @@ number of key aliases to be freed
|
|||
True => all key aliases are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all aliases in the top level of the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
aliases in
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all aliases in the top level of the specified geometry
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
aliases in
|
||||
.I geom
|
||||
are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ XkbFreeGeomKeys \- Free geometry keys
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
row in which keys should be freed
|
||||
row in which keys should be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
first key to be freed
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ number of keys to be freed
|
|||
True => all keys are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all keys are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
keys are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all keys are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
keys are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ number of outlines to be freed
|
|||
True => all outlines are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all outlines are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
outlines are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all outlines are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
outlines are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys \- Free keys in an overlay row
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I row
|
||||
row in which keys should be freed
|
||||
row in which keys should be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
first key to be freed
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,36 +46,36 @@ number of keys to be freed
|
|||
True => all keys are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all keys are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of keys specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the key specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all keys are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of keys specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the key specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
in the specified row.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
or argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -46,36 +46,36 @@ number of rows to be freed
|
|||
True => all rows are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all rows are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of rows specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the row specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all rows are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of rows specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the row specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
in the specified overlay.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows function returns Success if there are no allocation
|
||||
or argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ XkbFreeGeomOverlays \- Free rows in a section
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
section in which overlays should be freed
|
||||
section in which overlays should be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
first overlay to be freed
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,36 +46,36 @@ number of overlays to be freed
|
|||
True => all overlays are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all overlays are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of overlays specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the overlay specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all overlays are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of overlays specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the overlay specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
in the specified section.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomOverlays functions returns Success if there are no allocation or
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomOverlays functions returns Success if there are no allocation or
|
||||
argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,39 +43,39 @@ first point to be freed
|
|||
number of points to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => all points are freed
|
||||
True => all points are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all points are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
>i first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of points specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the point specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all points are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
>i first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of points specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the point specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
in the specified outline.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomPoints function returns Success when there are no allocation or
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomPoints function returns Success when there are no allocation or
|
||||
argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -37,44 +37,44 @@ XkbFreeGeomProperties \- Free geometry properties
|
|||
geometry in which properties should be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
first property to be freed
|
||||
first property to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
number of properties to be freed
|
||||
number of properties to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => all properties are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all properties are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
properties are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all properties are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
properties are freed beginning with the one specified by
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomProperties function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomProperties function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
or argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ XkbFreeGeomRows \- Free rows in a section
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I section
|
||||
section in which rows should be freed
|
||||
section in which rows should be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
first row to be freed
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,36 +46,36 @@ number of rows to be freed
|
|||
True => all rows are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all rows are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of rows specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the row specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all rows are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of rows specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the row specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
in the specified section.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomRows function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomRows function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
or argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -40,42 +40,42 @@ geometry in which sections should be freed
|
|||
first section to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
number of sections to be freed
|
||||
number of sections to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => all sections are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all sections are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of sections specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the section specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all sections are freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise, the number of sections specified by
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
are freed, beginning with the section specified by
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
in the specified geometry.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomSections function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomSections function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
or argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -40,41 +40,41 @@ geometry in which shapes should be freed
|
|||
first shape to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
number of shapes to be freed
|
||||
number of shapes to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => all shapes are freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all shapes in the geometry are freed regardless of the values of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
shapes are freed, beginning with the shape specified by
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, all shapes in the geometry are freed regardless of the values of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I count.
|
||||
Otherwise,
|
||||
.I count
|
||||
shapes are freed, beginning with the shape specified by
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomShapes function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
The XkbFreeGeomShapes function returns Success when there are no allocation
|
||||
or argument errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -36,33 +36,33 @@ XkbFreeGeometry \- Free an entire geometry
|
|||
geometry to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask of geometry components to be freed
|
||||
mask of geometry components to be freed
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => the entire geometry is freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
Xkb provides a number of functions to allocate and free subcomponents of a
|
||||
keyboard geometry. Use these functions to create or modify keyboard geometries.
|
||||
Note that these functions merely allocate space for the new element(s), and it
|
||||
is up to you to fill in the values explicitly in your code. These allocation
|
||||
functions increase
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
but never touch
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
(unless there is an allocation failure, in which case they reset both
|
||||
.I sz_*
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_*
|
||||
to zero). These functions return Success if they succeed, BadAlloc if they are
|
||||
not able to allocate space, or BadValue if a parameter is not as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
The values of
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
The values of
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
determine how much of the specified geometry is freed. The valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
are:
|
||||
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
|
@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ are:
|
|||
#define XkbGeomDoodadsMask (1<<4)
|
||||
#define XkbGeomKeyAliasesMask (1<<5)
|
||||
#define XkbGeomAllMask (0x3f)
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, the entire geometry is freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
Otherwise, the portions of the geometry specified by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True, the entire geometry is freed regardless of the value of
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
Otherwise, the portions of the geometry specified by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
are freed.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbFreeIndicatorMaps __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbFreeIndicatorMaps \- Frees memory used by the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
XkbFreeIndicatorMaps \- Frees memory used by the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of an XkbDescRec structure
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ member of an XkbDescRec structure
|
|||
keyboard description structure
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record pointed to by
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeIndicatorMaps
|
||||
frees the memory associated with the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of the keyboard description record pointed to by
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeIndicatorMaps
|
||||
frees the memory associated with the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
member of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
|
||||
If xkb is NULL, no operation is performed.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbFreeKeyboard __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbFreeKeyboard \- Destroys either an entire XkbDescRec or just some of its
|
||||
XkbFreeKeyboard \- Destroys either an entire XkbDescRec or just some of its
|
||||
members
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,30 +34,30 @@ members
|
|||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
keyboard description with components to free
|
||||
keyboard description with components to free
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask selecting components to free
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
True => free all components and
|
||||
True => free all components and
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbFreeKeyboard
|
||||
frees the components of
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
specified by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
and sets the corresponding values to NULL. If
|
||||
.I XkbFreeKeyboard
|
||||
frees the components of
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
specified by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
and sets the corresponding values to NULL. If
|
||||
.I
|
||||
free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeKeyboard
|
||||
frees every non-NULL component of
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
and then frees the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I XkbFreeKeyboard
|
||||
frees every non-NULL component of
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
and then frees the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
structure itself.
|
||||
|
||||
If kbd is NULL, no operation is performed.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,22 +43,22 @@ mask of names components to be freed
|
|||
True => XkbNamesRec structure itself should be freed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Do not free symbolic names structures directly using
|
||||
.I free
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XFree.
|
||||
Use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeNames
|
||||
Do not free symbolic names structures directly using
|
||||
.I free
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I XFree.
|
||||
Use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeNames
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid names mask bits defined in
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter is the bitwise inclusive OR of the valid names mask bits defined in
|
||||
Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Xkb provides several functions that work with symbolic names. Each of these
|
||||
functions uses a mask to specify individual fields of the structures described
|
||||
above. These masks and their relationships to the fields in a keyboard
|
||||
Xkb provides several functions that work with symbolic names. Each of these
|
||||
functions uses a mask to specify individual fields of the structures described
|
||||
above. These masks and their relationships to the fields in a keyboard
|
||||
description are shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbFreeServerMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbFreeServerMap \- Free memory used by the server member of an XkbDescRec
|
||||
XkbFreeServerMap \- Free memory used by the server member of an XkbDescRec
|
||||
structure
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,28 +44,28 @@ mask identifying components of map to free
|
|||
True => free all server map components and server itself
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbFreeServerMap
|
||||
function frees the specified components of server map in the XkbDescRec
|
||||
structure specified by the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbFreeServerMap
|
||||
function frees the specified components of server map in the XkbDescRec
|
||||
structure specified by the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter and sets the corresponding structure component values to NULL. The
|
||||
.I which parameter specifies a combination of the server map masks and is a
|
||||
bitwise inclusive OR
|
||||
of the masks listed in Table 1. If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is ignored and
|
||||
.I XkbFreeServerMap
|
||||
frees every non-NULL structure component in the server map, frees the
|
||||
XkbServerMapRec structure
|
||||
referenced by the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
member of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, and sets the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
.I which parameter specifies a combination of the server map masks and is a
|
||||
bitwise inclusive OR
|
||||
of the masks listed in Table 1. If
|
||||
.I free_all
|
||||
is True,
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is ignored and
|
||||
.I XkbFreeServerMap
|
||||
frees every non-NULL structure component in the server map, frees the
|
||||
XkbServerMapRec structure
|
||||
referenced by the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
member of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, and sets the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
member to NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -82,30 +82,30 @@ allocate the explicit field of the server map.
|
|||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbKeyActionsMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the key_acts
|
||||
field of the server map. The count_acts parameter is used to allocate the acts
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the key_acts
|
||||
field of the server map. The count_acts parameter is used to allocate the acts
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
server map.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbKeyBehaviorsMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the behaviors
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the behaviors
|
||||
field of the server map.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
XkbVirtualModMapMask T{
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the vmodmap
|
||||
The min_key_code and max_key_code fields of the xkb parameter are used to
|
||||
allocate the vmodmap
|
||||
field of the server map.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The complete description of an Xkb keyboard is given by an XkbDescRec. The
|
||||
component
|
||||
The complete description of an Xkb keyboard is given by an XkbDescRec. The
|
||||
component
|
||||
structures in the XkbDescRec represent the major Xkb components.
|
||||
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,27 +125,27 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
} XkbDescRec, *XkbDescPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
field points to an X display structure. The
|
||||
.I flags field is private to the library: modifying
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
may yield unpredictable results. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field specifies the device identifier of the keyboard input device, or
|
||||
XkbUseCoreKeyboard, which specifies the core keyboard device. The
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
field points to an X display structure. The
|
||||
.I flags field is private to the library: modifying
|
||||
.I flags
|
||||
may yield unpredictable results. The
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field specifies the device identifier of the keyboard input device, or
|
||||
XkbUseCoreKeyboard, which specifies the core keyboard device. The
|
||||
.I min_key_code
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields specify the least and greatest keycode that can be returned by the
|
||||
keyboard.
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I max_key_code
|
||||
fields specify the least and greatest keycode that can be returned by the
|
||||
keyboard.
|
||||
|
||||
Each structure component has a corresponding mask bit that is used in function
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
indicate that the structure should be manipulated in some manner, such as
|
||||
allocating it
|
||||
or freeing it. These masks and their relationships to the fields in the
|
||||
XkbDescRec are
|
||||
Each structure component has a corresponding mask bit that is used in function
|
||||
calls to
|
||||
indicate that the structure should be manipulated in some manner, such as
|
||||
allocating it
|
||||
or freeing it. These masks and their relationships to the fields in the
|
||||
XkbDescRec are
|
||||
shown in Table 2.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ XkbGeometryMask geom (1L<<6)
|
|||
XkbAllComponentsMask All Fields (0x7f)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The Xkb server map contains the information the server needs to interpret key
|
||||
events and is of
|
||||
The Xkb server map contains the information the server needs to interpret key
|
||||
events and is of
|
||||
type XkbServerMapRec:
|
||||
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetAutoRepeatRate __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetAutoRepeatRate \- Gets the current attributes of the RepeatKeys control
|
||||
XkbGetAutoRepeatRate \- Gets the current attributes of the RepeatKeys control
|
||||
for a keyboard device
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,38 +47,38 @@ backfilled with initial repeat delay, ms
|
|||
backfilled with subsequent repeat delay, ms
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The core protocol allows only control over whether or not the entire keyboard or
|
||||
individual keys should auto-repeat when held down. RepeatKeys is a boolean
|
||||
control that extends this capability by adding control over the delay until a
|
||||
key begins to repeat and the rate at which it repeats. RepeatKeys is coupled
|
||||
with the core auto-repeat control: when RepeatKeys is enabled or disabled, the
|
||||
The core protocol allows only control over whether or not the entire keyboard or
|
||||
individual keys should auto-repeat when held down. RepeatKeys is a boolean
|
||||
control that extends this capability by adding control over the delay until a
|
||||
key begins to repeat and the rate at which it repeats. RepeatKeys is coupled
|
||||
with the core auto-repeat control: when RepeatKeys is enabled or disabled, the
|
||||
core auto-repeat is enabled or disabled and vice versa.
|
||||
|
||||
Auto-repeating keys are controlled by two attributes. The first,
|
||||
.I timeout,
|
||||
is the delay after the initial press of an auto-repeating key and the first
|
||||
generated repeat event. The second,
|
||||
.I interval,
|
||||
is the delay between all subsequent generated repeat events. As with all boolean
|
||||
controls, configuring the attributes that determine how the control operates
|
||||
Auto-repeating keys are controlled by two attributes. The first,
|
||||
.I timeout,
|
||||
is the delay after the initial press of an auto-repeating key and the first
|
||||
generated repeat event. The second,
|
||||
.I interval,
|
||||
is the delay between all subsequent generated repeat events. As with all boolean
|
||||
controls, configuring the attributes that determine how the control operates
|
||||
does not automatically enable the control as a whole.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoRepeatRate
|
||||
queries the server for the current values of the RepeatControls control
|
||||
attributes, backfills
|
||||
.I timeout_rtrn
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I interval_rtrn
|
||||
with them, and returns True. If a compatible version of the Xkb extension is not
|
||||
available in the server
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoRepeatRate
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoRepeatRate
|
||||
queries the server for the current values of the RepeatControls control
|
||||
attributes, backfills
|
||||
.I timeout_rtrn
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I interval_rtrn
|
||||
with them, and returns True. If a compatible version of the Xkb extension is not
|
||||
available in the server
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoRepeatRate
|
||||
returns False.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
True
|
||||
The XkbGetAutoRepeatRate function returns True if a compatible version of the
|
||||
The XkbGetAutoRepeatRate function returns True if a compatible version of the
|
||||
Xkb extension is available in the server.
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
False
|
||||
The XkbGetAutoRepeatRate function returns False if a compatible version of the
|
||||
The XkbGetAutoRepeatRate function returns False if a compatible version of the
|
||||
Xkb extension is not available in the server.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,50 +42,50 @@ specifies which bits in auto_values are relevant
|
|||
1 bit => corresponding control has auto-reset on
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
You can configure the boolean controls to automatically be enabled or
|
||||
disabled when a program exits. This capability is controlled via two masks
|
||||
maintained in the X server on a per-client basis. There is no client-side Xkb
|
||||
data structure corresponding to these masks. Whenever the client exits for
|
||||
any reason, any boolean controls specified in the
|
||||
.I auto-reset mask
|
||||
are set to the corresponding value from the
|
||||
.I auto-reset values
|
||||
mask. This makes it
|
||||
possible for clients to "clean up after themselves" automatically, even if
|
||||
abnormally terminated. The bits used in the masks correspond to the
|
||||
You can configure the boolean controls to automatically be enabled or
|
||||
disabled when a program exits. This capability is controlled via two masks
|
||||
maintained in the X server on a per-client basis. There is no client-side Xkb
|
||||
data structure corresponding to these masks. Whenever the client exits for
|
||||
any reason, any boolean controls specified in the
|
||||
.I auto-reset mask
|
||||
are set to the corresponding value from the
|
||||
.I auto-reset values
|
||||
mask. This makes it
|
||||
possible for clients to "clean up after themselves" automatically, even if
|
||||
abnormally terminated. The bits used in the masks correspond to the
|
||||
EnabledControls control bits.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, a client that replaces the keyboard bell with some other audible
|
||||
cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell control to prevent the server from
|
||||
also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If the client were to exit
|
||||
without resetting the AudibleBell control, the user would be left without any
|
||||
feedback at all. Setting AudibleBell in both the auto-reset mask and
|
||||
auto-reset values guarantees that the audible bell will be turned back on
|
||||
For example, a client that replaces the keyboard bell with some other audible
|
||||
cue might want to turn off the AudibleBell control to prevent the server from
|
||||
also generating a sound and avoid cacophony. If the client were to exit
|
||||
without resetting the AudibleBell control, the user would be left without any
|
||||
feedback at all. Setting AudibleBell in both the auto-reset mask and
|
||||
auto-reset values guarantees that the audible bell will be turned back on
|
||||
when the client exits.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoResetControls
|
||||
backfills
|
||||
.I auto_ctrls
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I auto_values
|
||||
with the AutoReset control attributes for this particular client. It returns
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoResetControls
|
||||
backfills
|
||||
.I auto_ctrls
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I auto_values
|
||||
with the AutoReset control attributes for this particular client. It returns
|
||||
True if successful, and False otherwise.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
True
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoResetControls
|
||||
function returns True when it successfully backfills
|
||||
.I auto_ctrls
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I auto_values
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoResetControls
|
||||
function returns True when it successfully backfills
|
||||
.I auto_ctrls
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I auto_values
|
||||
with the AutoReset control attributes for this particular client.
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
False
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoResetControls
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetAutoResetControls
|
||||
function returns False when it does not successfully backfill
|
||||
.I auto_ctrls
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I auto_values
|
||||
.I auto_ctrls
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I auto_values
|
||||
with the AutoReset control attributes for this particular client.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetCompatMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetCompatMap \- Fetch any combination of the current compatibility map
|
||||
XkbGetCompatMap \- Fetch any combination of the current compatibility map
|
||||
components from the server
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,26 +44,26 @@ mask of compatibility map components to fetch
|
|||
keyboard description where results placed
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
When another client modifies the compatibility map, you are notified if you have
|
||||
selected for XkbCompatMapNotify events.
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
is particularly useful when you receive an event of this type, as it allows you
|
||||
to update your program's version of the compatibility map to match the modified
|
||||
version now in the server. If your program is dealing with multiple servers and
|
||||
needs to configure them all in a similar manner, the updated compatibility map
|
||||
may be used to reconfigure other servers.
|
||||
When another client modifies the compatibility map, you are notified if you have
|
||||
selected for XkbCompatMapNotify events.
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
is particularly useful when you receive an event of this type, as it allows you
|
||||
to update your program's version of the compatibility map to match the modified
|
||||
version now in the server. If your program is dealing with multiple servers and
|
||||
needs to configure them all in a similar manner, the updated compatibility map
|
||||
may be used to reconfigure other servers.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
fetches the components of the compatibility map specified in
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
from the server specified by
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and places them in the
|
||||
.I compat
|
||||
structure of the keyboard description
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
Valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
fetches the components of the compatibility map specified in
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
from the server specified by
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
and places them in the
|
||||
.I compat
|
||||
structure of the keyboard description
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
Valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
are an inclusive OR of the values shown in Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
|
|
@ -79,29 +79,29 @@ XkbGroupCompatMask (1<<1) Group maps
|
|||
XkbAllCompatMask (0x3) All compatibility map components
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
If no compatibility map structure is allocated in
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
upon entry,
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
allocates one. If one already exists, its contents are overwritten with the
|
||||
If no compatibility map structure is allocated in
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
upon entry,
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
allocates one. If one already exists, its contents are overwritten with the
|
||||
returned results.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
fetches compatibility map information for the device specified by the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
Unless you have specifically modified this field, it is the default keyboard
|
||||
device.
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
returns Success if successful, BadAlloc if it is unable to obtain necessary
|
||||
storage for either the return values or work space, BadMatch if the
|
||||
.I dpy
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
argument is non-NULL and does not match the
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
argument, and BadLength under certain conditions caused by server or Xkb
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
Unless you have specifically modified this field, it is the default keyboard
|
||||
device.
|
||||
.I XkbGetCompatMap
|
||||
returns Success if successful, BadAlloc if it is unable to obtain necessary
|
||||
storage for either the return values or work space, BadMatch if the
|
||||
.I dpy
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
argument is non-NULL and does not match the
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
argument, and BadLength under certain conditions caused by server or Xkb
|
||||
implementation errors.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,5 +112,5 @@ Unable to allocate storage
|
|||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally contain the arguments
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -43,37 +43,37 @@ mask of controls requested
|
|||
keyboard description for controls information
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
queries the server for the requested control information, waits for a reply, and
|
||||
then copies the server's values for the requested information into the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
structure of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
argument. Only those components specified by the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter are copied. Valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
queries the server for the requested control information, waits for a reply, and
|
||||
then copies the server's values for the requested information into the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
structure of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
argument. Only those components specified by the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter are copied. Valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
are any combination of the masks listed in Table 1 that have "ok" in the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
column.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in Table 1 (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in Table 1 (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s s
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 1 Controls Mask Bits
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit which or enabled Value
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,54 +97,54 @@ XkbInternalModsMask ok (1L<<28)
|
|||
XkbIgnoreLockModsMask ok (1L<<29)
|
||||
XkbPerKeyRepeatMask ok (1L<<30)
|
||||
XkbControlsEnabledMask ok (1L<<31)
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXFeedbackMask)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllControlsMask ok (0xF8001FFF)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the values specified by
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
modifies only those portions of
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
corresponding to the values specified by
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the values specified by
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
is not NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
modifies only those portions of
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
corresponding to the values specified by
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
returns Success if successful; otherwise, it returns BadAlloc if it cannot
|
||||
obtain sufficient storage, BadMatch if
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL or
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
returns Success if successful; otherwise, it returns BadAlloc if it cannot
|
||||
obtain sufficient storage, BadMatch if
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL or
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
is empty, or BadImplementation.
|
||||
|
||||
To free the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
member of a keyboard description, use
|
||||
To free the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
member of a keyboard description, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeControls.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I num_groups
|
||||
field in the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
structure is always filled in by
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls,
|
||||
regardless of which bits are selected by
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I num_groups
|
||||
field in the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
structure is always filled in by
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls,
|
||||
regardless of which bits are selected by
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetControls
|
||||
function returns Success if successful.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Unable to allocate storage
|
|||
Invalid reply from server
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetControlsChanges __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetControlsChanges \- Updates a local copy of a keyboard description with the
|
||||
XkbGetControlsChanges \- Updates a local copy of a keyboard description with the
|
||||
changes previously noted by one or more calls to XkbNoteControlsChanges
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -44,42 +44,42 @@ xkb->ctrls will be updated
|
|||
indicates which parts of xkb->ctrls to update
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Whenever a field in the controls structure changes in the server's keyboard
|
||||
description, the server sends an XkbControlsNotify event to all interested
|
||||
Whenever a field in the controls structure changes in the server's keyboard
|
||||
description, the server sends an XkbControlsNotify event to all interested
|
||||
clients.To receive XkbControlsNotify events under all possible conditions, use
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents
|
||||
and pass XkbControlsNotifyMask in both
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEvents
|
||||
and pass XkbControlsNotifyMask in both
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits.
|
||||
|
||||
To receive XkbControlsNotify events only under certain conditions, use
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbControlsNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying the desired state changes in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
.I XkbSelectEventDetails
|
||||
using XkbControlsNotify as the
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
and specifying the desired state changes in
|
||||
.I bits_to_change
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I values_for_bits
|
||||
using mask bits from Table 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
Table 1 shows the actual values for the individual mask bits used to select
|
||||
controls for
|
||||
modification and to enable and disable the control. Note that the same mask bit
|
||||
is used to
|
||||
specify general modifications to the parameters used to configure the control
|
||||
(which), and to
|
||||
enable and disable the control (enabled_ctrls). The anomalies in the table (no
|
||||
"ok" in column)
|
||||
are for controls that have no configurable attributes; and for controls that are
|
||||
not boolean
|
||||
controls and therefore cannot be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s s
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
l l l l.
|
||||
Table 1 Controls Mask Bits
|
||||
_
|
||||
Mask Bit which or enabled Value
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,89 +103,89 @@ XkbInternalModsMask ok (1L<<28)
|
|||
XkbIgnoreLockModsMask ok (1L<<29)
|
||||
XkbPerKeyRepeatMask ok (1L<<30)
|
||||
XkbControlsEnabledMask ok (1L<<31)
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXOptionsMask ok ok (XkbStickyKeysMask |
|
||||
XkbAccessXFeedbackMask)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllBooleanCtrlsMask ok (0x00001FFF)
|
||||
XkbAllControlsMask ok (0xF8001FFF)
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
field specifies the controls components that have changed and consists of bits
|
||||
taken from the masks defined in Table 10.7 with "ok" in the
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
field specifies the controls components that have changed and consists of bits
|
||||
taken from the masks defined in Table 10.7 with "ok" in the
|
||||
.I changed_ctrls
|
||||
column.
|
||||
|
||||
The controls currently enabled in the server are reported in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field. If any controls were just enabled or disabled (that is, the contents of
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field changed), they are flagged in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrl_changes
|
||||
field. The valid bits for these fields are the masks listed in Table 10.7 with
|
||||
"ok" in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
column. The
|
||||
.I num_groups
|
||||
field reports the number of groups bound to the key belonging to the most number
|
||||
The controls currently enabled in the server are reported in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field. If any controls were just enabled or disabled (that is, the contents of
|
||||
the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
field changed), they are flagged in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrl_changes
|
||||
field. The valid bits for these fields are the masks listed in Table 10.7 with
|
||||
"ok" in the
|
||||
.I enabled_ctrls
|
||||
column. The
|
||||
.I num_groups
|
||||
field reports the number of groups bound to the key belonging to the most number
|
||||
of groups and is automatically updated when the keyboard mapping changes.
|
||||
|
||||
If the change was caused by a request from a client, the
|
||||
.I keycode
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
fields are set to zero and the
|
||||
.I req_major
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I req_minor
|
||||
fields identify the request. The
|
||||
If the change was caused by a request from a client, the
|
||||
.I keycode
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
fields are set to zero and the
|
||||
.I req_major
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I req_minor
|
||||
fields identify the request. The
|
||||
.I req_major value is the same as the major extension opcode. Otherwise,
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
is set to the type of event that caused the change (one of KeyPress, KeyRelease,
|
||||
DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease, ButtonPress or ButtonRelease), and
|
||||
.I req_major
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I req_minor
|
||||
are undefined. If
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
is KeyPress, KeyRelease, DeviceKeyPress, or DeviceKeyRelease, the
|
||||
.I keycode
|
||||
field is set to the key that caused the change. If
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
is ButtonPress or ButtonRelease,
|
||||
.I keycode
|
||||
contains the button number.
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
is set to the type of event that caused the change (one of KeyPress, KeyRelease,
|
||||
DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease, ButtonPress or ButtonRelease), and
|
||||
.I req_major
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I req_minor
|
||||
are undefined. If
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
is KeyPress, KeyRelease, DeviceKeyPress, or DeviceKeyRelease, the
|
||||
.I keycode
|
||||
field is set to the key that caused the change. If
|
||||
.I event_type
|
||||
is ButtonPress or ButtonRelease,
|
||||
.I keycode
|
||||
contains the button number.
|
||||
|
||||
When a client receives an XkbControlsNotify event, it can note the changes in a
|
||||
changes structure using
|
||||
When a client receives an XkbControlsNotify event, it can note the changes in a
|
||||
changes structure using
|
||||
.I XkbNoteControlsChanges.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
examines the
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
parameter, queries the server for the necessary information, and copies the
|
||||
results into the
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
keyboard description. If the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
allocates and initializes it. To free the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field, use
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
examines the
|
||||
.I changes
|
||||
parameter, queries the server for the necessary information, and copies the
|
||||
results into the
|
||||
.I xkb->ctrls
|
||||
keyboard description. If the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
allocates and initializes it. To free the
|
||||
.I ctrls
|
||||
field, use
|
||||
XkbFreeControls.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
returns Success if successful and can generate BadAlloc, BadImplementation, and
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
returns Success if successful and can generate BadAlloc, BadImplementation, and
|
||||
BadMatch errors.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetControlsChanges
|
||||
function returns Success if the query of the server was successful.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Unable to allocate storage
|
|||
Invalid reply from server
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbFreeControls (__libmansuffix__),
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetDeviceButtonActions __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceButtonActions \- Query the button actions associated with an X Input
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceButtonActions \- Query the button actions associated with an X Input
|
||||
Extension device
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,49 +52,49 @@ number of first button for which info is desired
|
|||
number of buttons for which info is desired
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceButtonActions
|
||||
queries the server for the desired button information for the device indicated
|
||||
by the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
and waits for a reply. If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceButtonActions
|
||||
backfills the button actions
|
||||
.I (btn_acts
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I device_info)
|
||||
for only the requested buttons, updates the
|
||||
.I name, type, supported,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I unsupported
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceButtonActions
|
||||
queries the server for the desired button information for the device indicated
|
||||
by the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
and waits for a reply. If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceButtonActions
|
||||
backfills the button actions
|
||||
.I (btn_acts
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I device_info)
|
||||
for only the requested buttons, updates the
|
||||
.I name, type, supported,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I unsupported
|
||||
fields, and returns Success.
|
||||
|
||||
.I all_buttons, first_button
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_buttons
|
||||
.I all_buttons, first_button
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_buttons
|
||||
specify the device buttons for which actions should be returned. Setting
|
||||
.I all_buttons
|
||||
to True requests actions for all device buttons; if
|
||||
.I all_buttons
|
||||
is False,
|
||||
.I first_button
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_buttons
|
||||
.I all_buttons
|
||||
to True requests actions for all device buttons; if
|
||||
.I all_buttons
|
||||
is False,
|
||||
.I first_button
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_buttons
|
||||
specify a range of buttons for which actions are requested.
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceButtonActions
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If allocation errors occur, a BadAlloc status is returned. If
|
||||
the specified device
|
||||
.I (device_info->device_spec)
|
||||
is invalid, a BadKeyboard status is returned. If the device has no buttons, a
|
||||
BadMatch status is returned. If
|
||||
.I first_button
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_buttons
|
||||
specify illegal buttons, a BadValue status is returned.
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceButtonActions
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If allocation errors occur, a BadAlloc status is returned. If
|
||||
the specified device
|
||||
.I (device_info->device_spec)
|
||||
is invalid, a BadKeyboard status is returned. If the device has no buttons, a
|
||||
BadMatch status is returned. If
|
||||
.I first_button
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_buttons
|
||||
specify illegal buttons, a BadValue status is returned.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadAccess
|
||||
|
|
@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Unable to allocate storage
|
|||
The device specified was not a valid core or input extension device
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetDeviceInfo __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceInfo \- Determine whether the X server allows Xkb access to particular capabilities of input devices other than
|
||||
the core X keyboard, or to determine the status of indicator maps, indicator names or button actions on a non-KeyClass
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceInfo \- Determine whether the X server allows Xkb access to particular capabilities of input devices other than
|
||||
the core X keyboard, or to determine the status of indicator maps, indicator names or button actions on a non-KeyClass
|
||||
extension device
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,55 +53,55 @@ feedback class for indicator requests
|
|||
feedback ID for indicator requests
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
To determine whether the X server allows Xkb access to particular capabilities of input devices other than the core X
|
||||
keyboard, or to determine the status of indicator maps, indicator names or button actions on a non-KeyClass extension
|
||||
device, use
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo.
|
||||
To determine whether the X server allows Xkb access to particular capabilities of input devices other than the core X
|
||||
keyboard, or to determine the status of indicator maps, indicator names or button actions on a non-KeyClass extension
|
||||
device, use
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
returns information about the input device specified by
|
||||
.I device_spec.
|
||||
Unlike the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
parameter of most Xkb functions,
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
does not need to be a keyboard device. It must, however, indicate either the core keyboard or a valid X Input Extension
|
||||
device.
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
returns information about the input device specified by
|
||||
.I device_spec.
|
||||
Unlike the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
parameter of most Xkb functions,
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
does not need to be a keyboard device. It must, however, indicate either the core keyboard or a valid X Input Extension
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter is a mask specifying optional information to be returned. It is an inclusive OR of one or more of the values from
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
parameter is a mask specifying optional information to be returned. It is an inclusive OR of one or more of the values from
|
||||
Table 1 and causes the returned XkbDeviceInfoRec to contain values for the corresponding fields specified in the table.
|
||||
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
Table 1 XkbDeviceInfoRec Mask Bits
|
||||
Table 1 XkbDeviceInfoRec Mask Bits
|
||||
____________________________________________________________________________________
|
||||
Name XkbDeviceInfoRec Value Capability If Set
|
||||
Fields Effected
|
||||
Fields Effected
|
||||
____________________________________________________________________________________
|
||||
XkbXI_KeyboardsMask (1L <<0) Clients can use all
|
||||
Xkb requests and events
|
||||
with KeyClass devices
|
||||
with KeyClass devices
|
||||
supported by the input
|
||||
device extension.
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_ButtonActionsMask num_btns (1L <<1) Clients can assign key
|
||||
btn_acts actions to buttons
|
||||
XkbXI_ButtonActionsMask num_btns (1L <<1) Clients can assign key
|
||||
btn_acts actions to buttons
|
||||
non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask leds->names (1L <<2) Clients can assign
|
||||
names to indicators on
|
||||
non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask leds->maps (1L <<3) Clients can assign
|
||||
indicator maps to
|
||||
indicators on
|
||||
indicators on
|
||||
non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask leds->state (1L <<4) Clients can request
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask leds->state (1L <<4) Clients can request
|
||||
the status of indicators
|
||||
on non-KeyClass input
|
||||
extension devices.
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ XkbXI_UnsupportedFeaturesMask unsupported (1L <<15)
|
|||
|
||||
XkbXI_AllDeviceFeaturesMask Those selected (0x1e) XkbXI_IndicatorsMask |
|
||||
by Value Column XkbSI_ButtonActionsMask
|
||||
masks
|
||||
masks
|
||||
|
||||
XkbXI_AllFeaturesMask Those selected (0x1f) XkbSI_AllDeviceFeaturesMask |
|
||||
by Value Column XkbSI_KeyboardsMask
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,103 +125,103 @@ XkbXI_AllDetailsMask Those selected (0x801f) XkbXI_AllFeaturesMask |
|
|||
masks
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
|
||||
The XkbDeviceInfoRec returned by
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
always has values for
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
(may be a null string, ""),
|
||||
.I type, supported, unsupported, has_own_state, dflt_kbd_fd,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I dflt_kbd_fb.
|
||||
Other fields are filled in as specified by
|
||||
The XkbDeviceInfoRec returned by
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
always has values for
|
||||
.I name
|
||||
(may be a null string, ""),
|
||||
.I type, supported, unsupported, has_own_state, dflt_kbd_fd,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I dflt_kbd_fb.
|
||||
Other fields are filled in as specified by
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
|
||||
Upon return, the
|
||||
.I supported
|
||||
field will be set to the inclusive OR of zero or more bits from Table 1; each bit set indicates an optional Xkb extension
|
||||
Upon return, the
|
||||
.I supported
|
||||
field will be set to the inclusive OR of zero or more bits from Table 1; each bit set indicates an optional Xkb extension
|
||||
device feature supported by the server implementation, and a client may modify the associated behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
If the XkbButtonActionsMask bit is set in
|
||||
.I which,
|
||||
the XkbDeviceInfoRec returned will have the button actions
|
||||
.I (btn_acts
|
||||
If the XkbButtonActionsMask bit is set in
|
||||
.I which,
|
||||
the XkbDeviceInfoRec returned will have the button actions
|
||||
.I (btn_acts
|
||||
field) filled in for all buttons.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
includes one of the bits in XkbXI_IndicatorsMask, the feedback class of the indicators must be specified in
|
||||
.I ind_class,
|
||||
and the feedback ID of the indicators must be specified in
|
||||
.I ind_id.
|
||||
If the request does not include any of the bits in XkbXI_IndicatorsMask, the
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id
|
||||
parameters are ignored. The class and ID can be obtained via the input device extension
|
||||
.I XListInputDevices
|
||||
request.
|
||||
.I ind_class,
|
||||
and the feedback ID of the indicators must be specified in
|
||||
.I ind_id.
|
||||
If the request does not include any of the bits in XkbXI_IndicatorsMask, the
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id
|
||||
parameters are ignored. The class and ID can be obtained via the input device extension
|
||||
.I XListInputDevices
|
||||
request.
|
||||
|
||||
If any of the XkbXI_IndicatorsMask bits are set in
|
||||
.I which,
|
||||
the XkbDeviceInfoRec returned will have filled in the portions of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to the indicator feedback identified by
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
vector of the XkbDeviceInfoRec is allocated if necessary and
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_leds
|
||||
filled in. The
|
||||
.I led_class, led_id
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I phys_indicators
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
entry corresponding to
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id
|
||||
are always filled in. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask, the
|
||||
.I names_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I names
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id
|
||||
are returned. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask, the corresponding
|
||||
.I state
|
||||
field is updated. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, the
|
||||
.I maps_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I maps
|
||||
If any of the XkbXI_IndicatorsMask bits are set in
|
||||
.I which,
|
||||
the XkbDeviceInfoRec returned will have filled in the portions of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to the indicator feedback identified by
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
vector of the XkbDeviceInfoRec is allocated if necessary and
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_leds
|
||||
filled in. The
|
||||
.I led_class, led_id
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I phys_indicators
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
entry corresponding to
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id
|
||||
are always filled in. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask, the
|
||||
.I names_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I names
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to
|
||||
.I ind_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I ind_id
|
||||
are returned. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask, the corresponding
|
||||
.I state
|
||||
field is updated. If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, the
|
||||
.I maps_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I maps
|
||||
fields are updated.
|
||||
|
||||
Xkb provides convenience functions to request subsets of the information available via
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo.
|
||||
These convenience functions mirror some of the mask bits. The functions all take an XkbDeviceInfoPtr as an input argument
|
||||
and operate on the X Input Extension device specified by the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field of the structure. Only the parts of the structure indicated in the function description are updated. The
|
||||
XkbDeviceInfoRec structure used in the function call can be obtained by calling
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
or can be allocated by calling
|
||||
Xkb provides convenience functions to request subsets of the information available via
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo.
|
||||
These convenience functions mirror some of the mask bits. The functions all take an XkbDeviceInfoPtr as an input argument
|
||||
and operate on the X Input Extension device specified by the
|
||||
.I device_spec
|
||||
field of the structure. Only the parts of the structure indicated in the function description are updated. The
|
||||
XkbDeviceInfoRec structure used in the function call can be obtained by calling
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
or can be allocated by calling
|
||||
.I XkbAllocDeviceInfo.
|
||||
.SH STRUCTURES
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb extension in an
|
||||
Information about X Input Extension devices is transferred between a client program and the Xkb extension in an
|
||||
XkbDeviceInfoRec structure:
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
unsigned short dflt_led_fb; /\&* input extension ID of default indicator feedback */
|
||||
XkbDeviceLedInfoPtr leds; /\&* LED descriptions */
|
||||
} XkbDeviceInfoRec, *XkbDeviceInfoPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbAllocDeviceInfo (__libmansuffix__),
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges \- Query the changes that have occurred in the button
|
||||
actions or indicator names and indicator maps associated with an input extension
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges \- Query the changes that have occurred in the button
|
||||
actions or indicator names and indicator maps associated with an input extension
|
||||
device
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -45,18 +45,18 @@ structure to update with results
|
|||
contains notes of changes that have occurred
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changes->changed
|
||||
field indicates which attributes of the device specified in
|
||||
.I changes->device
|
||||
have changed. The parameters describing the changes are contained in the other
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I changes. XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges
|
||||
uses that information to call
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
to obtain the current status of those attributes that have changed. It then
|
||||
updates the local description of the device in
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I changes->changed
|
||||
field indicates which attributes of the device specified in
|
||||
.I changes->device
|
||||
have changed. The parameters describing the changes are contained in the other
|
||||
fields of
|
||||
.I changes. XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges
|
||||
uses that information to call
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceInfo
|
||||
to obtain the current status of those attributes that have changed. It then
|
||||
updates the local description of the device in
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
with the new information.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbGetDeviceInfo (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetDeviceLedInfo __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceLedInfo \- Query the indicator names, maps, and state associated
|
||||
XkbGetDeviceLedInfo \- Query the indicator names, maps, and state associated
|
||||
with an LED feedback of an input extension device
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -52,91 +52,91 @@ LED feedback ID assigned by input extension
|
|||
mask indicating desired information
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
queries the server for the desired LED information for the feedback specified by
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
for the X input extension device indicated by
|
||||
.I device_spec->device_info
|
||||
and waits for a reply. If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
backfills the relevant fields of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
as determined by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
with the results and returns Success. Valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
are the inclusive OR of any of XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask,
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
for the X input extension device indicated by
|
||||
.I device_spec->device_info
|
||||
and waits for a reply. If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
backfills the relevant fields of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
as determined by
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
with the results and returns Success. Valid values for
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
are the inclusive OR of any of XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask,
|
||||
XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, and XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask.
|
||||
|
||||
The fields of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
that are filled in when this request succeeds are
|
||||
.I name, type, supported,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I unsupported,
|
||||
and portions of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
as indicated by the bits set in
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
vector is allocated if necessary and
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_leds
|
||||
filled in. The
|
||||
.I led_class, led_id
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I phys_indicators
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
entry corresponding to
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
are always filled in.
|
||||
The fields of
|
||||
.I device_info
|
||||
that are filled in when this request succeeds are
|
||||
.I name, type, supported,
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I unsupported,
|
||||
and portions of the
|
||||
.I leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
as indicated by the bits set in
|
||||
.I which.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
vector is allocated if necessary and
|
||||
.I sz_leds
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num_leds
|
||||
filled in. The
|
||||
.I led_class, led_id
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I phys_indicators
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
entry corresponding to
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
are always filled in.
|
||||
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask, the
|
||||
.I names_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I names
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
are updated, if
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask, the corresponding
|
||||
.I state
|
||||
field is updated, and if
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, the
|
||||
.I maps_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I maps
|
||||
If
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorNamesMask, the
|
||||
.I names_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I names
|
||||
fields of the
|
||||
.I device_info->leds
|
||||
structure corresponding to
|
||||
.I led_class
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I led_id
|
||||
are updated, if
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorStateMask, the corresponding
|
||||
.I state
|
||||
field is updated, and if
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
contains XkbXI_IndicatorMapsMask, the
|
||||
.I maps_present
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I maps
|
||||
fields are updated.
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If allocation errors occur, a BadAlloc status is returned. If
|
||||
the device has no indicators, a BadMatch error is returned. If
|
||||
.I ledClass
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I ledID
|
||||
have illegal values, a BadValue error is returned. If they have legal values but
|
||||
do not specify a feedback that contains LEDs and is associated with the
|
||||
specified device, a BadMatch error is returned.
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetDeviceLedInfo
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If allocation errors occur, a BadAlloc status is returned. If
|
||||
the device has no indicators, a BadMatch error is returned. If
|
||||
.I ledClass
|
||||
or
|
||||
.I ledID
|
||||
have illegal values, a BadValue error is returned. If they have legal values but
|
||||
do not specify a feedback that contains LEDs and is associated with the
|
||||
specified device, a BadMatch error is returned.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadAccess
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ The Xkb extension has not been properly initialized
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetGeometry __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetGeometry \- Loads a keyboard geometry if you already have the keyboard
|
||||
XkbGetGeometry \- Loads a keyboard geometry if you already have the keyboard
|
||||
description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,20 +36,20 @@ description
|
|||
connection to the X server
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
keyboard description that contains the ID for the keyboard and into which the
|
||||
keyboard description that contains the ID for the keyboard and into which the
|
||||
geometry should be loaded
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
You can load a keyboard geometry as part of the keyboard description returned by
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyboard.
|
||||
However, if a keyboard description has been previously loaded, you can instead
|
||||
obtain the geometry by calling the
|
||||
.I XkbGetGeometry.
|
||||
In this case, the geometry returned is the one associated with the keyboard
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyboard.
|
||||
However, if a keyboard description has been previously loaded, you can instead
|
||||
obtain the geometry by calling the
|
||||
.I XkbGetGeometry.
|
||||
In this case, the geometry returned is the one associated with the keyboard
|
||||
whose device ID is contained in the keyboard description.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetGeometry
|
||||
can return BadValue, BadImplementation, BadName, BadAlloc, or BadLength errors
|
||||
.I XkbGetGeometry
|
||||
can return BadValue, BadImplementation, BadName, BadAlloc, or BadLength errors
|
||||
or Success if it succeeds.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Unable to allocate storage
|
|||
Invalid reply from server
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadLength
|
||||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally
|
||||
The length of a request is shorter or longer than that required to minimally
|
||||
contain the arguments
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadName
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetIndicatorMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetIndicatorMap \- Gets the map for one or more indicators, using a mask to
|
||||
XkbGetIndicatorMap \- Gets the map for one or more indicators, using a mask to
|
||||
specify the indicators
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,32 +43,32 @@ mask of indicators for which maps should be returned
|
|||
keyboard description to be updated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb allows applications to obtain information about indicators using two
|
||||
different methods. The first method, which is similar to the core X
|
||||
implementation, uses a mask to specify the indicators. The second method, which
|
||||
is more suitable for applications concerned with interoperability, uses
|
||||
indicator names. The correspondence between the indicator name and the bit
|
||||
Xkb allows applications to obtain information about indicators using two
|
||||
different methods. The first method, which is similar to the core X
|
||||
implementation, uses a mask to specify the indicators. The second method, which
|
||||
is more suitable for applications concerned with interoperability, uses
|
||||
indicator names. The correspondence between the indicator name and the bit
|
||||
position in masks is as follows: one of the parameters returned from
|
||||
.I XkbGetNamedIndicators
|
||||
is an index that is the bit position to use in any function call that requires a
|
||||
mask of indicator bits, as well as the indicator's index into the
|
||||
.I XkbGetNamedIndicators
|
||||
is an index that is the bit position to use in any function call that requires a
|
||||
mask of indicator bits, as well as the indicator's index into the
|
||||
XkbIndicatorRec array of indicator maps.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorMap
|
||||
obtains the maps from the server for only those indicators specified by the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask and copies the values into the keyboard description specified by
|
||||
.I desc.
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
.I desc
|
||||
parameter is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorMap
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorMap
|
||||
obtains the maps from the server for only those indicators specified by the
|
||||
.I which
|
||||
mask and copies the values into the keyboard description specified by
|
||||
.I desc.
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I indicators
|
||||
field of the
|
||||
.I desc
|
||||
parameter is NULL,
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes it.
|
||||
|
||||
To free the indicator maps, use
|
||||
To free the indicator maps, use
|
||||
.I XkbFreeIndicatorMaps.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ To free the indicator maps, use
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadImplementation
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -42,37 +42,37 @@ device ID, or XkbUseCoreKbd
|
|||
backfilled with a mask of the indicator state
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Xkb allows applications to obtain information about indicators using two
|
||||
different methods. The first method, which is similar to the core X
|
||||
implementation, uses a mask to specify the indicators. The second method, which
|
||||
is more suitable for applications concerned with interoperability, uses
|
||||
indicator names. The correspondence between the indicator name and the bit
|
||||
Xkb allows applications to obtain information about indicators using two
|
||||
different methods. The first method, which is similar to the core X
|
||||
implementation, uses a mask to specify the indicators. The second method, which
|
||||
is more suitable for applications concerned with interoperability, uses
|
||||
indicator names. The correspondence between the indicator name and the bit
|
||||
position in masks is as follows: one of the parameters returned from
|
||||
.I XkbGetNamedIndicators
|
||||
is an index that is the bit position to use in any function call that requires a
|
||||
mask of indicator bits, as well as the indicator's index into the
|
||||
.I XkbGetNamedIndicators
|
||||
is an index that is the bit position to use in any function call that requires a
|
||||
mask of indicator bits, as well as the indicator's index into the
|
||||
XkbIndicatorRec array of indicator maps.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorState
|
||||
queries the
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
for the state of the indicators on the device specified by the
|
||||
.I device_spec.
|
||||
For each indicator that is "turned on" on the device, the associated bit is set
|
||||
in
|
||||
.I state_return.
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorState
|
||||
queries the
|
||||
.I display
|
||||
for the state of the indicators on the device specified by the
|
||||
.I device_spec.
|
||||
For each indicator that is "turned on" on the device, the associated bit is set
|
||||
in
|
||||
.I state_return.
|
||||
If a compatible version of the Xkb extension is not available in the server,
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorState
|
||||
returns a BadMatch error. Otherwise, it sends the request to the X server,
|
||||
places the state of the indicators into
|
||||
.I state_return,
|
||||
and returns Success. Thus the value reported by
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorState
|
||||
returns a BadMatch error. Otherwise, it sends the request to the X server,
|
||||
places the state of the indicators into
|
||||
.I state_return,
|
||||
and returns Success. Thus the value reported by
|
||||
.I XkbGetIndicatorState
|
||||
is identical to the value reported by the core protocol.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
.BR XkbGetNamedIndicators (__libmansuffix__)
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetKeyActions __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetKeyActions \- Update the actions (the key_acts array) for a subset of the
|
||||
XkbGetKeyActions \- Update the actions (the key_acts array) for a subset of the
|
||||
keys in a keyboard description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,39 +47,39 @@ number of keys desired
|
|||
pointer to keyboard description where result is stored
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the actions for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys on the keyboard starting with key
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the actions in the
|
||||
.I server->key_acts
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns Success. The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the actions for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys on the keyboard starting with key
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the actions in the
|
||||
.I server->key_acts
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns Success. The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be a pointer to a valid Xkb keyboard description.
|
||||
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
map, in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
map, in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter, has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the actions.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server does not have a compatible version of Xkb, or the Xkb extension
|
||||
has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
If the server does not have a compatible version of Xkb, or the Xkb extension
|
||||
has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyActions
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadAccess
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -47,37 +47,37 @@ number of keys for which behaviors are desired
|
|||
Xkb description to contain the result
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the behaviors for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys on the keyboard starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the behaviors in the
|
||||
.I server->behaviors
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the behaviors for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys on the keyboard starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the behaviors in the
|
||||
.I server->behaviors
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns Success.
|
||||
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
map in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
map in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the actions.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server does not have a compatible version of Xkb, or the Xkb extension has not been
|
||||
properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
If the server does not have a compatible version of Xkb, or the Xkb extension has not been
|
||||
properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyBehaviors
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadAccess
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents __libmansuffix__ "20 Jul 1999" "X v11 Rel. 6.4" "XKB FUNCTION"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents \- Obtain the explicit components (the explicit
|
||||
XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents \- Obtain the explicit components (the explicit
|
||||
array) for a subset of the keys in a keyboard description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,24 +48,24 @@ number of keys for which to get explicit info
|
|||
Xkb description in which to put results
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
Whenever a client remaps the keyboard using core protocol requests, Xkb examines
|
||||
the map to determine likely default values for the components that cannot be
|
||||
specified using the core protocol (see Core Keyboard Mapping to Xkb Keyboard
|
||||
Mapping Transformation for more information on how Xkb chooses the default
|
||||
Whenever a client remaps the keyboard using core protocol requests, Xkb examines
|
||||
the map to determine likely default values for the components that cannot be
|
||||
specified using the core protocol (see Core Keyboard Mapping to Xkb Keyboard
|
||||
Mapping Transformation for more information on how Xkb chooses the default
|
||||
values).
|
||||
|
||||
DO THE FOUR PAGES OF "CORE KEYBOARD MAPPING TO XKB KEYBOARD MAPPING
|
||||
DO THE FOUR PAGES OF "CORE KEYBOARD MAPPING TO XKB KEYBOARD MAPPING
|
||||
TRANSFORMATION" NEED TO BE ADDED HERE?
|
||||
|
||||
This automatic remapping might replace definitions explicitly requested by an
|
||||
application, so the Xkb keyboard description defines an explicit components mask
|
||||
for each key. Any aspects of the automatic remapping listed in the explicit
|
||||
This automatic remapping might replace definitions explicitly requested by an
|
||||
application, so the Xkb keyboard description defines an explicit components mask
|
||||
for each key. Any aspects of the automatic remapping listed in the explicit
|
||||
components mask for a key are not changed by the automatic keyboard mapping.
|
||||
|
||||
The explicit components masks are held in the
|
||||
.I explicit
|
||||
field of the server map, which is an array indexed by keycode. Each entry in
|
||||
this array is a mask that is a bitwise inclusive OR of the values shown in Table
|
||||
|
||||
The explicit components masks are held in the
|
||||
.I explicit
|
||||
field of the server map, which is an array indexed by keycode. Each entry in
|
||||
this array is a mask that is a bitwise inclusive OR of the values shown in Table
|
||||
1.
|
||||
.TS
|
||||
c s s
|
||||
|
|
@ -88,55 +88,55 @@ ExplicitKeyType4 (1<<3) T{
|
|||
Automatic determination of the key type associated with Group4.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitInterpret (1<<4) T{
|
||||
Application of any of the fields of a symbol interpretation to the key in
|
||||
Application of any of the fields of a symbol interpretation to the key in
|
||||
question.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitAutoRepeat (1<<5) T{
|
||||
Automatic determination of auto-repeat status for the key, as specified in a
|
||||
Automatic determination of auto-repeat status for the key, as specified in a
|
||||
symbol interpretation.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitBehavior (1<<6) T{
|
||||
Automatic assignment of the XkbKB_Lock behavior to the key, if the
|
||||
Automatic assignment of the XkbKB_Lock behavior to the key, if the
|
||||
XkbSI_LockingKey flag is set in a symbol interpretation.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
ExplicitVModMap (1<<7) T{
|
||||
Automatic determination of the virtual modifier map for the key based on the
|
||||
Automatic determination of the virtual modifier map for the key based on the
|
||||
actions assigned to the key and the symbol interpretations that match the key.
|
||||
T}
|
||||
.TE
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the explicit components for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys on the keyboard starting with key
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the explicit components in the
|
||||
.I server->explicit
|
||||
array of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns Success. The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the explicit components for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys on the keyboard starting with key
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the explicit components in the
|
||||
.I server->explicit
|
||||
array of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns Success. The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be a pointer to a valid Xkb keyboard description.
|
||||
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
map in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
If the
|
||||
.I server
|
||||
map in the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the actions.
|
||||
|
||||
If the server does not have a compatible version of Xkb, or the Xkb extension
|
||||
has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns BadMatch. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
If the server does not have a compatible version of Xkb, or the Xkb extension
|
||||
has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns BadMatch. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ returns BadAlloc.
|
|||
Unable to allocate storage
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadMatch
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
A compatible version of Xkb was not available in the server or an argument has
|
||||
correct type and range, but is otherwise invalid
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadValue
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetKeyModifierMap __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetKeyModifierMap \- Update the modifier map for one or more of the keys in a
|
||||
XkbGetKeyModifierMap \- Update the modifier map for one or more of the keys in a
|
||||
keyboard description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,42 +47,42 @@ number of keys for which information is desired
|
|||
keyboard description to update
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I modmap
|
||||
entry of the client map is an array, indexed by keycode, specifying the real
|
||||
modifiers bound to a key. Each entry is a mask composed of a bitwise inclusive
|
||||
OR of the legal real modifiers: ShiftMask, LockMask, ControlMask, Mod1Mask,
|
||||
Mod2Mask, Mod3Mask, Mod4Mask, and Mod5Mask. If a bit is set in a
|
||||
.I modmap
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I modmap
|
||||
entry of the client map is an array, indexed by keycode, specifying the real
|
||||
modifiers bound to a key. Each entry is a mask composed of a bitwise inclusive
|
||||
OR of the legal real modifiers: ShiftMask, LockMask, ControlMask, Mod1Mask,
|
||||
Mod2Mask, Mod3Mask, Mod4Mask, and Mod5Mask. If a bit is set in a
|
||||
.I modmap
|
||||
entry, the corresponding key is bound to that modifier.
|
||||
|
||||
Pressing or releasing the key bound to a modifier changes the modifier set and
|
||||
unset state. The particular manner in which the modifier set and unset state
|
||||
Pressing or releasing the key bound to a modifier changes the modifier set and
|
||||
unset state. The particular manner in which the modifier set and unset state
|
||||
changes is determined by the behavior and actions assigned to the key.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifierMap
|
||||
sends a request to the server for the modifier mappings for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and places the results in the
|
||||
.I xkb->map->modmap
|
||||
array. If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifier
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifierMap
|
||||
sends a request to the server for the modifier mappings for
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and places the results in the
|
||||
.I xkb->map->modmap
|
||||
array. If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifier
|
||||
returns Success.
|
||||
|
||||
If the map component of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifierMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes it.
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If any allocation errors occur while obtaining the modifier
|
||||
map,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifierMap
|
||||
If the map component of the
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifierMap
|
||||
allocates and initializes it.
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If any allocation errors occur while obtaining the modifier
|
||||
map,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyModifierMap
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetKeySyms __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetKeySyms \- Obtain the symbols for a subset of the keys in a keyboard
|
||||
XkbGetKeySyms \- Obtain the symbols for a subset of the keys in a keyboard
|
||||
description
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -41,52 +41,52 @@ connection to X server
|
|||
keycode of first key to get
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
number of keycodes for which syms desired
|
||||
number of keycodes for which syms desired
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
Xkb description to be updated
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the set of keysyms bound to
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the keysyms in the
|
||||
.I map.syms
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns Success. The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
sends a request to the server to obtain the set of keysyms bound to
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
It waits for a reply and returns the keysyms in the
|
||||
.I map.syms
|
||||
field of
|
||||
.I xkb.
|
||||
If successful,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns Success. The
|
||||
.I xkb
|
||||
parameter must be a pointer to a valid Xkb keyboard description.
|
||||
|
||||
If the client
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
in the xkb parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the symbols.
|
||||
If the client
|
||||
.I map
|
||||
in the xkb parameter has not been allocated,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
allocates and initializes it before obtaining the symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
If a compatible version of Xkb is not available in the server or the Xkb
|
||||
extension has not been properly initialized,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadAccess. If
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
is less than 1 or greater than XkbMaxKeyCount,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadValue. If any allocation errors occur,
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
returns BadAlloc.
|
||||
.SH "RETURN VALUES"
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
Success
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
function returns Success if it gets a reply to a request to the server to obtain the set of keysyms bound to
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
The
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeySyms
|
||||
function returns Success if it gets a reply to a request to the server to obtain the set of keysyms bound to
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
keys starting with the key whose keycode is
|
||||
.I first.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
.B BadAccess
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
|||
.\"
|
||||
.TH XkbGetKeyTypes __libmansuffix__ __xorgversion__ "XKB FUNCTIONS"
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
XkbGetKeyTypes \- Obtain the list of available key types in the server's
|
||||
XkbGetKeyTypes \- Obtain the list of available key types in the server's
|
||||
keyboard mapping
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.HP
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,26 +48,26 @@ number of key types to be returned
|
|||
keyboard description containing client map to update
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyTypes
|
||||
queries the server for the desired types, waits for a reply, and returns the
|
||||
desired types in the
|
||||
.I xkb->map->types.
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyTypes
|
||||
queries the server for the desired types, waits for a reply, and returns the
|
||||
desired types in the
|
||||
.I xkb->map->types.
|
||||
If successful, it returns Success.
|
||||
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyTypes
|
||||
returns BadAccess if the Xkb extension has not been properly initialized and
|
||||
BadValue if the combination of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyTypes
|
||||
returns BadAccess if the Xkb extension has not been properly initialized and
|
||||
BadValue if the combination of
|
||||
.I first
|
||||
and
|
||||
.I num
|
||||
results in numbers out of valid range.
|
||||
|
||||
.B NOTE:
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyTypes
|
||||
is used to obtain descriptions of the key types themselves, not the key types
|
||||
bound to individual keys. To obtain the key types bound to an individual key,
|
||||
refer to the
|
||||
.I key_sym_map
|
||||
.B NOTE:
|
||||
.I XkbGetKeyTypes
|
||||
is used to obtain descriptions of the key types themselves, not the key types
|
||||
bound to individual keys. To obtain the key types bound to an individual key,
|
||||
refer to the
|
||||
.I key_sym_map
|
||||
field of the client map.
|
||||
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
|
||||
.TP 15
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue